The Project Gutenberg eBook of Calculus Made Easy

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: Calculus Made Easy

Author: Silvanus P. Thompson


Release date: July 28, 2010 [eBook #33283]
Most recently updated: August 28, 2026

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/33283

Credits: Produced by Andrew D. Hwang, Chris Curnow, Don Bindner and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net. Updated for HTML+SVG by Laura Natal.

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CALCULUS MADE EASY ***
A witty 1910 guide proving calculus isn't scary — covering differentiation, integration, and real-world applications with charm, clarity, and the motto what one fool can do, another can.

CALCULUS MADE EASY

Author: Silvanus Thompson


CALCULUS MADE EASY

decorative

MACMILLAN AND CO., Limited
LONDON : BOMBAY : CALCUTTA
MELBOURNE


THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
NEW YORK : BOSTON : CHICAGO
DALLAS : SAN FRANCISCO


THE MACMILLAN CO. OF CANADA, Ltd.
TORONTO


CALCULUS MADE EASY:

Being a very-simplest introduction to those beautiful methods of reckoning which are generally called by the terrifying names of the

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
AND THE
INTEGRAL CALCULUS

By
F. R. S.

SECOND EDITION, ENLARGED

MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
ST. MARTIN'S STREET, LONDON
1914


COPYRIGHT.

First Edition 1910.
Reprinted 1911 (twice), 1912, 1913.
Second Edition 1914.


What one fool can do, another can.
(Ancient Simian Proverb.)


PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

THE surprising success of this work has led the author to add a considerable number of worked examples and exercises. Advantage has also been taken to enlarge certain parts where experience showed that further explanations would be useful.

The author acknowledges with gratitude many valuable suggestions and letters received from teachers, students, and-critics.

October, 1914.


CONTENTS

Chapter PAGE
Prologue viii
I. To deliver you from the Preliminary Terrors 1
II. On Different Degrees of Smallness 3
III. On Relative Growings 9
IV. Simplest Cases 17
V. Next Stage. What to do with Constants 25
VI. Sums, Differences, Products and Quotients 34
VII. Successive Differentiation 48
VIII. When Time Varies 52
IX. Introducing a Useful Dodge 66
X. Geometrical Meaning of Differentiation 75
XI. Maxima and Minima 91
XII. Curvature of Curves 109
XIII. Other Useful Dodges 118
XIV. On true Compound Interest and the Law
of Organic Growth
131
XV. How to deal with Sines and Cosines 162
XVI. Partial Differentiation 172
XVII. Integration 180
XVIII. Integrating as the Reverse of Differentiating 189
XIX. On Finding Areas by Integrating 204
XX. Dodges, Pitfalls, and Triumphs 224
XXI. Finding some Solutions 232
Table of Standard Forms 249
Answers to Exercises 252

[Pg viii]

PROLOGUE

CONSIDERING how many fools can calculate, it is surprising that it should be thought either a difficult or a tedious task for any other fool to learn how to master the same tricks.

Some calculus-tricks are quite easy. Some are enormously difficult. The fools who write the textbooks of advanced mathematics—and they are mostly clever fools-seldom take the trouble to show you how easy the easy calculations are. On the contrary, they seem to desire to impress you with their tremendous cleverness by going about it in the most difficult way.

Being myself a remarkably stupid fellow, I have had to unteach myself the difficulties, and now beg to present to my fellow fools the parts that are not hard. Master these thoroughly, and the rest will follow. What one fool can do, another can.


[Pg 1]

CHAPTER I.

TO DELIVER YOU FROM THE PRELIMINARY TERRORS.

THE preliminary terror, which chokes off most fifth-form boys from even attempting to learn how to calculate, can be abolished once for all by simply stating what is the meaning-in common-sense terms-of the two principal symbols that are used in calculating.

These dreadful symbols are:

(1) d which merely means "a little bit of."

Thus d x means a little bit of x; or d u means a little bit of u. Ordinary mathematicians think it more polite to say "an element of," instead of "a little bit of." Just as you please. But you will find that these little bits (or elements) may be considered to be indefinitely small.

(2) integral which is merely a long upper S, and may be called (if you like) "the sum of."

Thus integral d x means the sum of all the little bits of x; or integral d t means the sum of all the little bits of t. Ordinary mathematicians call this symbol "the integral of." Now any fool can see that if x is considered as made up of a lot of little bits, each of which is called d x, if you add them all up together you get the sum of all the d x's, (which is the[Pg 2] same thing as the whole of x). The word "integral" simply means "the whole." If you think of the duration of time for one hour, you may (if you like) think of it as cut up into 3600 little bits called seconds. The whole of the 3600 little bits added up together make one hour.

When you see an expression that begins with this terrifying symbol, you will henceforth know that it is put there merely to give you instructions that you are now to perform the operation (if you can) of totalling up all the little bits that are indicated by the symbols that follow.

That's all.


[Pg 3]

CHAPTER II.

ON DIFFERENT DEGREES OF SMALLNESS.

WE shall find that in our processes of calculation we have to deal with small quantities of various degrees of smallness.

We shall have also to learn under what circumstances we may consider small quantities to be so minute that we may omit them from consideration. Everything depends upon relative minuteness.

Before we fix any rules let us think of some familiar cases. There are 60 minutes in the hour, 24 hours in the day, 7 days in the week. There are therefore 1440 minutes in the day and 10080 minutes in the week.

Obviously 1 minute is a very small quantity of time compared with a whole week. Indeed, our forefathers considered it small as compared with an hour, and called it "one minùte," meaning a minute fraction —namely one sixtieth—of an hour. When they came to require still smaller subdivisions of time, they divided each minute into 60 still smaller parts, which, in Queen Elizabeth's days, they called "second minùtes" (i.e. small quantities of the second order of minuteness). Nowadays we call these small quantities of the second order of smallness "seconds." But few people know why they are so called.

Now if one minute is so small as compared with a whole day, how [Pg 4] much smaller by comparison is one second!

Again, think of a farthing as compared with a sovereign: it is barely worth more than StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction part. A farthing more or less is of precious little importance compared with a sovereign: it may certainly be regarded as a small quantity. But compare a farthing with pound sign 1000: relatively to this greater sum, the farthing is of no more importance than StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction of a farthing would be to a sovereign. Even a golden sovereign is relatively a negligible quantity in the wealth of a millionaire.

Now if we fix upon any numerical fraction as constituting the proportion which for any purpose we call relatively small, we can easily state other fractions of a higher degree of smallness. Thus if, for the purpose of time, one sixtieth be called a small fraction, then one sixtieth of one sixtieth (being a small fraction of a small fraction) may be regarded as a small quantity of the second order of smallness.[1]

Or, if for any purpose we were to take 1 per cent. left parenthesis italic i period e period StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction right parenthesis as a small fraction, then 1 per cent. of 1 per cent. left parenthesis italic i period e period StartFraction 1 Over 10 comma 000 EndFraction right parenthesis would be a small fraction of the second order of smallness; and StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction would be a small fraction of the third order of smallness, being 1 per cent. of 1 per cent. of 1 per cent.

Lastly, suppose that for some very precise purpose we should regard StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction as "small." Thus, if a first-rate chronometer is not to lose or gain more than half a minute in a year, it must keep time with an accuracy of 1 part in 1 comma 051 comma 200. Now if, for such a purpose, we[Pg 5] regard StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction (or one millionth) as a small quantity, then StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction of StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction, that is StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction (or one trillionth) will be a small quantity of the second order of smallness, and may be utterly disregarded, by comparison.

Then we see that the smaller a small quantity itself is, the more negligible does the corresponding small quantity of the second order become. Hence we know that in all cases we are justified in neglecting the small quantities of the second-or third (or higher)—orders, if only we take the small quantity of the first order small enough in itself.

But, it must be remembered, that small quantities if they occur in our expressions as factors multiplied by some other factor, may become important if the other factor is itself large. Even a farthing becomes important if only it is multiplied by a few hundred.

Now in the calculus we write d x for a little bit of x. These things such as d x, and d u, and d y, are called "differentials," the differential of x, or of u, or of y, as the case may be. [You read them as dee-eks, or dee-you, or dee-wy.] If d x be a small bit of x, and relatively small of itself, it does not follow that such quantities as x dot d x, or x squared d x, or a Superscript x Baseline d x are negligible. But d x times d x would be negligible, being a small quantity of the second order.

A very simple example will serve as illustration.

Let us think of x as a quantity that can grow by a small amount so as to become x plus d x, where d x is the small increment added by growth. The square of this is x squared plus 2 x dot d x plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared. The second term is not negligible because it is a first-order quantity; while the third term is of the second order of smallness, being a bit of, a bit of x squared. Thus if we[Pg 6] took d x to mean numerically, say, one sixtieth of x, then the second term would be two sixtieths of x squared, whereas the third term would be StartFraction 1 Over 3600 EndFraction of x squared. This last term is clearly less important than the second. But if we go further and take d x to mean only StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction of x, then the second term will be StartFraction 2 Over 1000 EndFraction of x squared, while the third term will be only StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction of x squared.

A square with width and height both labelled x.

Fig. 1.

Geometrically this may be depicted as follows: Draw a square (Fig. 1) the side of which we will take to represent x. Now suppose the square to grow by having a bit d x added to its size each way. The enlarged square is made up of the original square x squared, the two rectangles at the top and on the right, each of which is of area x dot d x (or together 2 x dot d x ), and the little square at the top right-hand corner which is left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared. In Fig. 2 we have taken d x as quite a big fraction of x—about one fifth. But suppose we had taken it only StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction—about the thickness of an inked line drawn with a fine pen. Then the little corner square will have an area of only StartFraction 1 Over 10 comma 000 EndFraction of x squared, and be practically invisible. Clearly left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared is negligible if only we consider the increment d x to be itself small enough.

Let us consider a simile.

[Pg 7]

The previous square expanded by a small increment dx on both sides, creating three new strips — showing geometrically why d(x²) = 2x·dx, the derivative of x squared.

Fig. 2.

The same expanded square labelled explicitly — main area x², two strips of x·dx, and tiny corner (dx)² — showing why the infinitesimal corner is negligible, leaving d(x²) = 2x·dx.

Fig. 3.

Suppose a millionaire were to say to his secretary: next week I will give you a small fraction of any money that comes in to me. Suppose that the secretary were to say to his boy: I will give you a small fraction of what I get. Suppose the fraction in each case to be StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction part. Now if Mr. Millionaire received during the next week pound sign 1000, the secretary would receive pound sign 10 and the boy 2 shillings. Ten pounds would be a small quantity compared with pound sign 1000; but two shillings is a small small quantity indeed, of a very secondary order. But what would be the disproportion if the fraction, instead of being StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction, had been settled at StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction part? Then, while Mr. Millionaire got his pound sign 1000, Mr. Secretary would get only pound sign 1, and the boy less than one farthing!

The witty Dean Swift[2] once wrote:

[Pg 8]

"So, Nat'ralists observe, a Flea
"Hath smaller Fleas that on him prey.
"And these have smaller Fleas to bite 'em,
"And so proceed ad infinitum."

An ox might worry about a flea of ordinary size—a small creature of the first order of smallness. But he would probably not trouble himself about a flea's flea; being of the second order of smallness, it would be negligible. Even a gross of fleas' fleas would not be of much account to the ox.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] The mathematicians talk about the second order of "magnitude" (i.e. greatness) when they really mean second order of smallness. This is very confusing to beginners.

[2] On Poetry: a Rhapsody (p. 20), printed 1733—usually misquoted.


[Pg 9]

CHAPTER III.

ON RELATIVE GROWINGS.

ALL through the calculus we are dealing with quantities that are growing, and with rates of growth. We classify all quantities into two classes: constants and variables. Those which we regard as of fixed value, and call constants, we generally denote algebraically by letters from the beginning of the alphabet, such as a, b, or c; while those which we consider as capable of growing, or (as mathematicians say) of "varying," we denote by letters from the end of the alphabet, such as x comma y comma z comma u comma v comma w, or sometimes t.

Moreover, we are usually dealing with more than one variable at once, and thinking of the way in which one variable depends on the other: for instance, we think of the way in which the height reached by a projectile depends on the time of attaining that height. Or we are asked to consider a rectangle of given area, and to enquire how any increase in the length of it will compel a corresponding decrease in the breadth of it. Or we think of the way in which any variation in the slope of a ladder will cause the height that it reaches, to vary.

Suppose we have got two such variables that depend one on the other. An alteration in one will bring about an alteration in the other, because of this dependence. Let us call one of the variables x, and the[Pg 10] other that depends on it y.

Suppose we make x to vary, that is to say, we either alter it or imagine it to be altered, by adding to it a bit which we call d x. We are thus causing x to become x plus d x. Then, because x has been altered, y will have altered also, and will have become y plus d y. Here the bit d y may be in some cases positive, in others negative; and it won't (except by a miracle) be the same size as d x.

Take two examples.

A right triangle with 30° base angle, showing how a small increment dx along the base produces increment dy in height — geometrically illustrating that dy/dx = tan(30°), linking differentiation to trigonometry.

Fig. 4.

(1) Let x and y be respectively the base and the height of a right-angled triangle (Fig. 4), of which the slope of the other side is fixed at 30 Superscript ring. If we suppose this triangle to expand and yet keep its angles the same as at first, then, when the base grows so as to become x plus d x, the height becomes y plus d y. Here, increasing x results in an increase of y. The little triangle, the height of which is d y, and the base of which is d x, is similar to the original triangle; and it is obvious that the value of the ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is the same as that of the ratio StartFraction y Over x EndFraction. As the angle is 30 Superscript ring it will be seen that here StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 1.73 EndFraction period

[Pg 11]

A right triangle OAB with vertical side y and horizontal base x, showing a slightly larger similar triangle alongside it — illustrating how a small increase in x produces a proportional increase in y, demonstrating the constant ratio dy/dx.

Fig. 5.

(2) Let x represent, in Fig. 5, the horizontal distance, from a wall, of the bottom end of a ladder, upper A upper B, of fixed length; and let y be the height it reaches up the wall. Now y clearly depends on x. It is easy to see that, if we pull the bottom end upper A a bit further from the wall, the top end upper B will come down a little lower. Let us state this in scientific language. If we increase x to x plus d x, then y will become y minus d y; that is, when x receives a positive increment, the increment which results to y is negative.

Yes, but how much? Suppose the ladder was so long that when the bottom end upper A was 19 inches from the wall the top end upper B reached just 15 feet from the ground. Now, if you were to pull the bottom end out 1 inch more, how much would the top end come down? Put it all into inches: x equals 19 inches, y equals 180 inches. Now the increment of x which we call d x, is 1 inch: or x plus d x equals 20 inches.

[Pg 12]

How much will y be diminished? The new height will be y minus d y. If we work out the height by Euclid I. 47, then we shall be able to find how much d y will be. The length of the ladder is StartRoot left parenthesis 180 right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis 19 right parenthesis squared EndRoot equals 181 inches period

Clearly then, the new height, which is y minus d y, will be such that StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column left parenthesis y minus d y right parenthesis squared 2nd Column equals left parenthesis 181 right parenthesis squared minus left parenthesis 20 right parenthesis squared equals 32761 minus 400 equals 32361 comma 2nd Row 1st Column y minus d y 2nd Column equals StartRoot 32361 EndRoot equals 179.89 inches period EndLayout Now y is 180, so that d y is 180 minus 179.89 equals 0.11 inch.

So we see that making d x an increase of 1 inch has resulted in making d y a decrease of 0.11 inch.

And the ratio of d y to d x may be stated thus: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 0.11 Over 1 EndFraction period

It is also easy to see that (except in one particular position) d y will be of a different size from d x.

Now right through the differential calculus we are hunting, hunting, hunting for a curious thing, a mere ratio, namely, the proportion which d y bears to d x when both of them are indefinitely small.

It should be noted here that we can only find this ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction when y and x are related to each other in some way, so that whenever x varies y does vary also. For instance, in the first example just taken, if the base x of the triangle be made longer, the height y of the triangle becomes greater also, and in the second example, if the distance x of the foot of the ladder from the wall be made to increase, the height y[Pg 13] reached by the ladder decreases in a corresponding manner, slowly at first, but more and more rapidly as x becomes greater. In these cases the relation between x and y is perfectly definite, it can be expressed mathematically, being StartFraction y Over x EndFraction equals tangent 30 Superscript ring and x squared plus y squared equals l squared (where l is the length of the ladder) respectively, and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction has the meaning we found in each case.

If, while x is, as before, the distance of the foot of the ladder from the wall, y is, instead of the height reached, the horizontal length of the wall, or the number of bricks in it, or the number of years since it was built, any change in x would naturally cause no change whatever in y; in this case StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction has no meaning whatever, and it is not possible to find an expression for it. Whenever we use differentials d x, d y, d z, etc., the existence of some kind of relation between x comma y comma z, etc., is implied, and this relation is called a "function" in x comma y comma z, etc.; the two expressions given above, for instance, namely StartFraction y Over x EndFraction equals tangent 30 Superscript ring and x squared plus y squared equals l squared, are functions of x and y. Such expressions contain implicitly (that is, contain without distinctly showing it) the means of expressing either x in terms of y or y in terms of x, and for this reason they are called implicit functions in x and y; they can be respectively put into the forms StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals x tangent 30 Superscript ring Baseline 3rd Column or x 4th Column equals StartFraction y Over tangent 30 Superscript ring Baseline EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column and y 2nd Column equals StartRoot l squared minus x squared EndRoot 3rd Column or x 4th Column equals StartRoot l squared minus y squared EndRoot period EndLayout

These last expressions state explicitly (that is, distinctly) the value of x in terms of y, or of y in terms of x, and they are for this reason called explicit functions of x or y. For example x squared plus 3 equals 2 y minus 7 is an[Pg 14] implicit function in x and y; it may be written y equals StartFraction x squared plus 10 Over 2 EndFraction (explicit function of x) or x equals StartRoot 2 y minus 10 EndRoot (explicit function of y). We see that an explicit function in x, y, z, etc., is simply something the value of which changes when x, y, z, etc., are changing, either one at the time or several together. Because of this, the value of the explicit function is called the dependent variable, as it depends on the value of the other variable quantities in the function; these other variables are called the independent variables because their value is not determined from the value assumed by the function. For example, if u equals x squared sine theta, x and theta are the independent variables, and u is the dependent variable.

Sometimes the exact relation between several quantities x, y, z either is not known or it is not convenient to state it; it is only known, or convenient to state, that there is some sort of relation between these variables, so that one cannot alter either x or y or z singly without affecting the other quantities; the existence of a function in x, y, z is then indicated by the notation upper F left parenthesis x comma y comma z right parenthesis (implicit function) or by x equals upper F left parenthesis y comma z right parenthesis, y equals upper F left parenthesis x comma z right parenthesis or z equals upper F left parenthesis x comma y right parenthesis (explicit function). Sometimes the letter f or phi is used instead of upper F, so that y equals upper F left parenthesis x right parenthesis, y equals f left parenthesis x right parenthesis and y equals phi left parenthesis x right parenthesis all mean the same thing, namely, that the value of y depends on the value of x in some way which is not stated.

We call the ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction "the differential coefficient of y with respect to x." It is a solemn scientific name for this very simple thing. But we are not going to be frightened by solemn names, when the things themselves are so easy. Instead of being frightened we will simply pronounce a brief curse on the stupidity of giving long crack-jaw names; and, having relieved our minds, will go on to the simple thing itself,[Pg 15] namely the ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.

In ordinary algebra which you learned at school, you were always hunting after some unknown quantity which you called x or y; or sometimes there were two unknown quantities to be hunted for simultaneously. You have now to learn to go hunting in a new way; the fox being now neither x nor y. Instead of this you have to hunt for this curious cub called StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction. The process of finding the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is called "differentiating." But, remember, what is wanted is the value of this ratio when both d y and d x are themselves indefinitely small. The true value of the differential coefficient is that to which it approximates in the limiting case when each of them is considered as infinitesimally minute.

Let us now learn how to go in quest of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.


[Pg 16]

NOTE TO CHAPTER III.

How to read Differentials.

It will never do to fall into the schoolboy error of thinking that d x means d times x, for d is not a factor-it means "an element of" or "a bit of" whatever follows. One reads d x thus: "dee-eks."

In case the reader has no one to guide him in such matters it may here be simply said that one reads differential coefficients in the following way. The differential coefficient StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is read left double quotation mark italic dee hyphen wy by dee hyphen eks comma right double quotation mark or left double quotation mark italic dee hyphen wy over dee hyphen eks period right double quotation mark

So also StartFraction d u Over d t EndFraction is read "dee-you by dee-tee." Second differential coefficients will be met with later on. They are like this: StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction semicolon which is read left double quotation mark italic dee hyphen two hyphen wy over dee hyphen eks hyphen squared comma right double quotation mark and it means that the operation of differentiating y with respect to x has been (or has to be) performed twice over.

Another way of indicating that a function has been differentiated is by putting an accent to the symbol of the function. Thus if y equals upper F left parenthesis x right parenthesis, which means that y is some unspecified function of x (see p. 13), we may write upper F prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis instead of StartFraction d left parenthesis upper F left parenthesis x right parenthesis right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction. Similarly, upper F double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis will mean that the original function upper F left parenthesis x right parenthesis has been differentiated twice over with respect to x.


[Pg 17]

CHAPTER IV.

SIMPLEST CASES.

NOW let us see how, on first principles, we can differentiate some simple algebraical expression.

Case 1.

Let us begin with the simple expression y equals x squared. Now remember that the fundamental notion about the calculus is the idea of growing. Mathematicians call it varying. Now as y and x squared are equal to one another, it is clear that if x grows, x squared will also grow. And if x squared grows, then y will also grow. What we have got to find out is the proportion between the growing of y and the growing of x. In other words our task is to find out the ratio between d y and d x, or, in brief, to find the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.

Let x, then, grow a little bit bigger and become x plus d x; similarly, y will grow a bit bigger and will become y plus d y. Then, clearly, it will still be true that the enlarged y will be equal to the square of the enlarged x. Writing this down, we have: y plus d y equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis squared period

[Pg 18]

Doing the squaring we get: y plus d y equals x squared plus 2 x dot d x plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared period

What does left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared mean? Remember that d x meant a bit-a little bit-of x. Then left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared will mean a little bit of a little bit of x; that is, as explained above (p. 4), it is a small quantity of the second order of smallness. It may therefore be discarded as quite inconsiderable in comparison with the other terms. Leaving it out, we then have: y plus d y equals x squared plus 2 x dot d x period

Now y equals x squared; so let us subtract this from the equation and we have left d y equals 2 x dot d x

Dividing across by d x, we find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x period

Now this[3] is what we set out to find. The ratio of the growing of y to the growing of x is, in the case before us, found to be 2 x.

[Pg 19]

Numerical example.

Suppose x equals 100 and therefore y equals 10 comma 000. Then let x grow till it becomes 101 (that is, let d x equals 1 ). Then the enlarged y will be 101 times 101 equals 10,201. But if we agree that we may ignore small quantities of the second order, 1 may be rejected as compared with 10,000; so we may round off the enlarged y to 10,200. y has grown from 10,000 to 10,200; the bit added on is d y, which is therefore 200.

StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 200 Over 1 EndFraction equals 200. According to the algebra-working of the previous paragraph, we find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x. And so it is; for x equals 100 and 2 x equals 200.

But, you will say, we neglected a whole unit.

Well, try again, making d x a still smaller bit.

Try d x equals one tenth. Then x plus d x equals 100.1, and left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis squared equals 100.1 times 100.1 equals 10 comma 020.01 period

Now the last figure 1 is only one-millionth part of the 10,000, and is utterly negligible; so we may take 10,020 without the little decimal at the end.

And this makes d y equals 20; and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 20 Over 0.1 EndFraction equals 200, which is still the same as 2 x.

Case 2.

Try differentiating y equals x cubed in the same way.

We let y grow to y plus d y, while x grows to x plus d x.

Then we have y plus d y equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis cubed period

Doing the cubing we obtain y plus d y equals x cubed plus 3 x squared dot d x plus 3 x left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed period

[Pg 20]

Now we know that we may neglect small quantities of the second and third orders; since, when d y and d x are both made indefinitely small, left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared and left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed will become indefinitely smaller by comparison. So, regarding them as negligible, we have left: y plus d y equals x cubed plus 3 x squared dot d x period

But y equals x cubed; and, subtracting this, we have: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals 3 x squared dot d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 3 x squared period EndLayout

Case 3.

Try differentiating y equals x Superscript 4. Starting as before by letting both y and x grow a bit, we have: y plus d y equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline period

Working out the raising to the fourth power, we get y plus d y equals x Superscript 4 Baseline plus 4 x cubed d x plus 6 x squared left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared plus 4 x left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline period

Then striking out the terms containing all the higher powers of d x, as being negligible by comparison, we have y plus d y equals x Superscript 4 Baseline plus 4 x cubed d x period

Subtracting the original y equals x Superscript 4, we have left StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals 4 x cubed d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 4 x cubed period EndLayout


[Pg 21]

Now all these cases are quite easy. Let us collect the results to see if we can infer any general rule. Put them in two columns, the values of y in one and the corresponding values found for StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction in the other: thus

y    StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction
x squared 2 x
x cubed 3 x squared
x Superscript 4 4 x cubed

Just look at these results: the operation of differentiating appears to have had the effect of diminishing the power of x by 1 (for example in the last case reducing x Superscript 4 to x cubed), and at the same time multiplying by a number (the same number in fact which originally appeared as the power). Now, when you have once seen this, you might easily conjecture how the others will run. You would expect that differentiating x Superscript 5 would give 5 x Superscript 4, or differentiating x Superscript 6 would give 6 x Superscript 5. If you hesitate, try one of these, and see whether the conjecture comes right.

Try y equals x Superscript 5.

Then StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline d x plus 10 x cubed left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared plus 10 x squared left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column plus 5 x left parenthesis d x right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline period EndLayout

Neglecting all the terms containing small quantities of the higher orders, we have left StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column and subtracting y 2nd Column equals x Superscript 5 Baseline leaves us 3rd Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline d x comma 4th Row 1st Column whence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline comma exactly as we supposed period EndLayout

[Pg 22]


Following out logically our observation, we should conclude that if we want to deal with any higher power,—call it n—we could tackle it in the same way.

Let y equals x Superscript n,

then we should expect to find that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline period

For example, let n equals 8, then y equals x Superscript 8; and differentiating it would give StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 8 x Superscript 7.

And, indeed, the rule that differentiating x Superscript n gives as the result n x Superscript n minus 1 is true for all cases where n is a whole number and positive. [Expanding left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis Superscript n by the binomial theorem will at once show this.] But the question whether it is true for cases where n has negative or fractional values requires further consideration.

Case of a negative power.

Let y equals x Superscript negative 2. Then proceed as before: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis Superscript negative 2 Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x Superscript negative 2 Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction d x Over x EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript negative 2 Baseline period EndLayout

[Pg 23]

Expanding this by the binomial theorem (see p. 137), we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x Superscript negative 2 Baseline left bracket 1 minus StartFraction 2 d x Over x EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 left parenthesis 2 plus 1 right parenthesis Over 1 times 2 EndFraction left parenthesis StartFraction d x Over x EndFraction right parenthesis squared minus etc period right bracket 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x Superscript negative 2 Baseline minus 2 x Superscript negative 3 Baseline dot d x plus 3 x Superscript negative 4 Baseline left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared minus 4 x Superscript negative 5 Baseline left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed plus etc period EndLayout

So, neglecting the small quantities of higher orders of smallness, we have: y plus d y equals x Superscript negative 2 Baseline minus 2 x Superscript negative 3 Baseline dot d x period Subtracting the original y equals x Superscript negative 2, we find StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals minus 2 x Superscript negative 3 Baseline d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus 2 x Superscript negative 3 Baseline period EndLayout And this is still in accordance with the rule inferred above.

Case of a fractional power.

Let y equals x Superscript one half. Then, as before, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column y plus d y equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline equals x Superscript one half Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction d x Over x EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartRoot x EndRoot plus one half StartFraction d x Over StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction minus one eighth StartFraction left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared Over x StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction plus terms with higher 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column powers of d x period EndLayout

Subtracting the original y equals x Superscript one half, and neglecting higher powers we have left: d y equals one half StartFraction d x Over StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction equals one half x Superscript negative one half Baseline dot d x comma [Pg 24] and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one half x Superscript negative one half. Agreeing with the general rule.

Summary. Let us see how far we have got. We have arrived at the following rule: To differentiate x Superscript n, multiply by the power and reduce the power by one, so giving us n x Superscript n minus 1 as the result.


Exercises I. (See p. 252 for Answers.)

Differentiate the following:

(1) y equals x Superscript 13

(2) y equals x Superscript negative three halves

(3) y equals x Superscript 2 a

(4) u equals t Superscript 2.4

(5) z equals RootIndex 3 StartRoot u EndRoot

(6) y equals StartRoot x Superscript negative 5 Baseline EndRoot

(7) u equals RootIndex 5 StartRoot StartFraction 1 Over x Superscript 8 Baseline EndFraction EndRoot

(8) y equals 2 x Superscript a

(9) y equals RootIndex q StartRoot x cubed EndRoot

(10) y equals RootIndex n StartRoot StartFraction 1 Over x Superscript m Baseline EndFraction EndRoot

You have now learned how to differentiate powers of x. How easy it is!

FOOTNOTES:

[3] N.B.—This ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is the result of differentiating y with respect to x. Differentiating means finding the differential coefficient. Suppose we had some other function of x, as, for example, u equals 7 x squared plus 3. Then if we were told to differentiate this with respect to x, we should have to find StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction, or, what is the same thing, StartFraction d left parenthesis 7 x squared plus 3 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction. On the other hand, we may have a case in which time was the independent variable (see p. 14), such as this: y equals b plus one half a t squared. Then, if we were told to differentiate it, that means we must find its differential coefficient with respect to t. So that then our business would be to try to find StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction, that is, to find StartFraction d left parenthesis b plus one half a t squared right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction.


[Pg 25]

CHAPTER V.

NEXT STAGE. WHAT TO DO WITH CONSTANTS.

IN our equations we have regarded x as growing, and as a result of x being made to grow y also changed its value and grew. We usually think of x as a quantity that we can vary; and, regarding the variation of x as a sort of cause, we consider the resulting variation of y as an effect. In other words, we regard the value of y as depending on that of x. Both x and y are variables, but x is the one that we operate upon, and y is the "dependent variable." In all the preceding chapter we have been trying to find out rules for the proportion which the dependent variation in y bears to the variation independently made in x.

Our next step is to find out what effect on the process of differentiating is caused by the presence of constants, that is, of numbers which don't change when x or y change their values.

Added Constants.

Let us begin with some simple case of an added constant, thus:

Let y equals x cubed plus 5 period Just as before, let us suppose x to grow to x plus d x and y to grow to y plus d y.

[Pg 26]

Then: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis cubed plus 5 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x cubed plus 3 x squared d x plus 3 x left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis cubed plus 5 period EndLayout Neglecting the small quantities of higher orders, this becomes y plus d y equals x cubed plus 3 x squared dot d x plus 5 period Subtract the original y equals x cubed plus 5, and we have left: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals 3 x squared d x period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 3 x squared period EndLayout

So the 5 has quite disappeared. It added nothing to the growth of x, and does not enter into the differential coefficient. If we had put 7, or 700, or any other number, instead of 5, it would have disappeared. So if we take the letter a, or b, or c to represent any constant, it will simply disappear when we differentiate.

If the additional constant had been of negative value, such as -5 or negative b, it would equally have disappeared.

Multiplied Constants.

Take as a simple experiment this case:

Let y equals 7 x squared.

Then on proceeding as before we get: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals 7 left parenthesis x plus d x right parenthesis squared 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 7 left brace x squared plus 2 x dot d x plus left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared right brace 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 7 x squared plus 14 x dot d x plus 7 left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared period EndLayout

[Pg 27]

Then, subtracting the original y equals 7 x squared, and neglecting the last term, we have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals 14 x dot d x period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 14 x period EndLayout

Let us illustrate this example by working out the graphs of the equations y equals 7 x squared and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 14 x, by assigning to x a set of successive values, 0, 1, 2, 3, etc., and finding the corresponding values of y and of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.

These values we tabulate as follows:

x       0       1       2       3       4       5       -1       -2       -3   
y 0 7 28 63 112 175 7 28 63
StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 0 14 28 42 56 70 -14 -28 -42

Now plot these values to some convenient scale, and we obtain the two curves, Figs. 6 and 6a.

Carefully compare the two figures, and verify by inspection that the height of the ordinate of the derived curve, Fig. 6a, is proportional to the slope of the original curve,[4] Fig. 6, at the corresponding value of x. To the left of the origin, where the original curve slopes negatively (that is, downward from left to right) the corresponding ordinates of the derived curve are negative.

A parabola (y = x²) plotted from x = −3 to x = 5, with dashed lines marking specific coordinate values — illustrating how the function grows symmetrically left of zero and accelerates steeply rightward.

Fig. 6.—Graph of y equals 7 x squared.

The derivative of the previous parabola — a straight line dy/dx = 2x passing through the origin, confirming that differentiating x² gives 2x, with dashed lines marking corresponding values.

Fig. 6a.—Graph of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 14 x.

Now if we look back at p. 18, we shall see that simply differentiating x squared gives us 2 x. So that the differential coefficient of 7 x squared is just[Pg 28] 7 times as big as that of x squared. If we had taken 8 x squared, the differential coefficient would have come out eight times as great as that of x squared. If we put y equals a x squared, we shall get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a times 2 x period

If we had begun with y equals a x Superscript n, we should have had StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a times n x Superscript n minus 1. So that any mere multiplication by a constant reappears as a mere multiplication when the thing is differentiated. And, what is true about multiplication is equally true about division: for if, in the example above, we had taken as the constant one seventh instead of 7, we should have had the same one seventh come out in the result after differentiation.

Some Further Examples.

The following further examples, fully worked out, will enable you to master completely the process of differentiation as applied to ordinary [Pg 29] algebraical expressions, and enable you to work out by yourself the examples given at the end of this chapter.

(1) Differentiate y equals StartFraction x Superscript 5 Baseline Over 7 EndFraction minus three fifths.

three fifths is an added constant and vanishes (see p. 25).

We may then write at once StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals one seventh times 5 times x Superscript 5 minus 1 Baseline comma 2nd Row 1st Column or 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals five sevenths x Superscript 4 Baseline period EndLayout

(2) Differentiate y equals a StartRoot x EndRoot minus one half StartRoot a EndRoot.

The term one half StartRoot a EndRoot vanishes, being an added constant; and as a StartRoot x EndRoot, in the index form, is written a x Superscript one half, we have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a times 2nd Column one half times x Superscript one half minus 1 Baseline equals StartFraction a Over 2 EndFraction times x Superscript negative one half Baseline comma 2nd Row 1st Column or 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a Over 2 StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

(3) If a y plus b x equals b y minus a x plus left parenthesis x plus y right parenthesis StartRoot a squared minus b squared EndRoot,

find the differential coefficient of y with respect to x.

As a rule an expression of this kind will need a little more knowledge than we have acquired so far; it is, however, always worth while to try whether the expression can be put in a simpler form.

First we must try to bring it into the form y equals some expression involving x only.

The expression may be written left parenthesis a minus b right parenthesis y plus left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis x equals left parenthesis x plus y right parenthesis StartRoot a squared minus b squared EndRoot period

[Pg 30]

Squaring, we get left parenthesis a minus b right parenthesis squared y squared plus left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis squared x squared plus 2 left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis left parenthesis a minus b right parenthesis x y equals left parenthesis x squared plus y squared plus 2 x y right parenthesis left parenthesis a squared minus b squared right parenthesis comma which simplifies to left parenthesis a minus b right parenthesis squared y squared plus left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis squared x squared equals x squared left parenthesis a squared minus b squared right parenthesis plus y squared left parenthesis a squared minus b squared right parenthesis semicolon or left bracket left parenthesis a minus b right parenthesis squared minus left parenthesis a squared minus b squared right parenthesis right bracket y squared equals left bracket left parenthesis a squared minus b squared right parenthesis minus left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis squared right bracket x squared comma that is 2 b left parenthesis b minus a right parenthesis y squared equals minus 2 b left parenthesis b plus a right parenthesis x squared semicolon hence y equals StartRoot StartFraction a plus b Over a minus b EndFraction EndRoot x and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartRoot StartFraction a plus b Over a minus b EndFraction EndRoot period

(4) The volume of a cylinder of radius r and height h is given by the formula upper V equals pi r squared h. Find the rate of variation of volume with the radius when r equals 5.5 i n. and h equals 20 i n. If r equals h, find the dimensions of the cylinder so that a change of 1 in. in radius causes a change of 400 cub. in. in the volume.

The rate of variation of upper V with regard to r is StartFraction d upper V Over d r EndFraction equals 2 pi r h period

If r equals 5.5 i n period and h equals 20 i n period this becomes 690.8. It means that a change of radius of 1 inch will cause a change of volume of 690.8 cub. inch. This can be easily verified, for the volumes with r equals 5 and r equals 6 are 1570 cub. in. and 2260.8 cub. in. respectively, and 2260.8 minus 1570 equals 690.8.

Also, if r equals h comma StartFraction d upper V Over d r EndFraction equals 2 pi r squared equals 400 and r equals h equals StartRoot StartFraction 400 Over 2 pi EndFraction EndRoot equals 7.98 i n period

[Pg 31]

(5) The reading theta of a Féry's Radiation pyrometer is related to the Centigrade temperature t of the observed body by the relation StartFraction theta Over theta 1 EndFraction equals left parenthesis StartFraction t Over t 1 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline comma where theta 1 is the reading corresponding to a known temperature t 1 of the observed body.

Compare the sensitiveness of the pyrometer at temperatures 800 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C period comma 1000 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C period comma 1200 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C period, given that it read 25 when the temperature was 1000 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C.

The sensitiveness is the rate of variation of the reading with the temperature, that is StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction. The formula may be written theta equals StartFraction theta 1 Over t 1 Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction t Superscript 4 Baseline equals StartFraction 25 t Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1000 Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction comma and we have StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction 100 t cubed Over 1000 Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction equals StartFraction t cubed Over 10 comma 000 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction period

When t equals 800 comma 1000 and 1200, we get StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction equals 0.0512 comma 0.1 and 0.1728 respectively.

The sensitiveness is approximately doubled from 800 Superscript ring to 1000 Superscript ring, and becomes three-quarters as great again up to 1200 Superscript ring.


Exercises II. (See p. 252 for Answers.)

Differentiate the following:

(1) y equals a x cubed plus 6.

(2) y equals 13 x Superscript three halves Baseline minus c.

[Pg 32]

(3) y equals 12 x Superscript one half Baseline plus c Superscript one half.

(4) y equals c Superscript one half Baseline x Superscript one half.

(5) u equals StartFraction a z Superscript n Baseline minus 1 Over c EndFraction.

(6) y equals 1.18 t squared plus 22.4.

Make up some other examples for yourself, and try your hand at differentiating them.

(7) If l Subscript t and l 0 be the lengths of a rod of iron at the temperatures t Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C. and 0 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C. respectively, then l Subscript t Baseline equals l 0 left parenthesis 1 plus 0.000012 t right parenthesis. Find the change of length of the rod per degree Centigrade.

(8) It has been found that if c be the candle power of an incandescent electric lamp, and upper V be the voltage, c equals a upper V Superscript b, where a and b are constants.

Find the rate of change of the candle power with the voltage, and calculate the change of candle power per volt at 80,100 and 120 volts in the case of a lamp for which a equals 0.5 times 10 Superscript negative 10 and b equals 6.

(9) The frequency n of vibration of a string of diameter upper D, length upper L and specific gravity sigma, stretched with a force upper T, is given by n equals StartFraction 1 Over upper D upper L EndFraction StartRoot StartFraction g upper T Over pi sigma EndFraction EndRoot period

Find the rate of change of the frequency when upper D comma upper L comma sigma and upper T are varied singly.

(10) The greatest external pressure upper P which a tube can support without collapsing is given by upper P equals left parenthesis StartFraction 2 upper E Over 1 minus sigma squared EndFraction right parenthesis StartFraction t cubed Over upper D cubed EndFraction comma [Pg 33] where upper E and sigma are constants, t is the thickness of the tube and upper D is its diameter. (This formula assumes that 4 t is small compared to upper D.)

Compare the rate at which upper P varies for a small change of thickness and for a small change of diameter taking place separately.

(11) Find, from first principles, the rate at which the following vary with respect to a change in radius:

(a) the circumference of a circle of radius r;

(b) the area of a circle of radius r;

(c) the lateral area of a cone of slant dimension l;

(d) the volume of a cone of radius r and height h;

(e) the area of a sphere of radius r;

(f) the volume of a sphere of radius r.

(12) The length upper L of an iron rod at the temperature upper T being given by upper L equals l Subscript t Baseline left bracket 1 plus 0.000012 left parenthesis upper T minus t right parenthesis right bracket, where l Subscript t is the length at the temperature t, find the rate of variation of the diameter upper D of an iron tyre suitable for being shrunk on a wheel, when the temperature upper T varies.

FOOTNOTES:

[4] See p. 76 about slopes of curves.


[Pg 34]

CHAPTER VI.

SUMS, DIFFERENCES, PRODUCTS AND QUOTIENTS.

WE have learned how to differentiate simple algebraical functions such as x squared plus c or a x Superscript 4, and we have now to consider how to tackle the sum of two or more functions.

For instance, let y equals left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis plus left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis semicolon what will its StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction be? How are we to go to work on this new job?

The answer to this question is quite simple: just differentiate them, one after the other, thus: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x plus 4 a x cubed period left parenthesis Ans period right parenthesis

If you have any doubt whether this is right, try a more general case, working it by first principles. And this is the way.

Let y equals u plus v, where u is any function of x, and v any other function of x. Then, letting x increase to x plus d x comma y will increase to y plus d y; and u will increase to u plus d u; and v to v plus d v.

And we shall have: y plus d y equals u plus d u plus v plus d v period

[Pg 35]

Subtracting the original y equals u plus v, we get d y equals d u plus d v comma and dividing through by d x, we get: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction period

This justifies the procedure. You differentiate each function separately and add the results. So if now we take the example of the preceding paragraph, and put in the values of the two functions, we shall have, using the notation shown (p. 16), StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction d left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 x plus 4 a x cubed comma EndLayout exactly as before.

If there were three functions of x, which we may call u comma v and w, so that StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals u plus v plus w semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column then StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction period EndLayout

As for subtraction, it follows at once; for if the function v had itself had a negative sign, its differential coefficient would also be negative; so that by differentiating StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals u minus v comma 2nd Row 1st Column we should get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction minus StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction period EndLayout

[Pg 36]

But when we come to do with Products, the thing is not quite so simple.

Suppose we were asked to differentiate the expression y equals left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis times left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis comma what are we to do? The result will certainly not be 2 x times 4 a x cubed; for it is easy to see that neither c times a x Superscript 4, nor x squared times b, would have been taken into that product.

Now there are two ways in which we may go to work.

First way. Do the multiplying first, and, having worked it out, then differentiate.

Accordingly, we multiply together x squared plus c and a x Superscript 4 plus b.

This gives a x Superscript 6 plus a c x Superscript 4 plus b x squared plus b c.

Now differentiate, and we get: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 6 a x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 4 a c x cubed plus 2 b x period

Second way. Go back to first principles, and consider the equation y equals u times v semicolon where u is one function of x, and v is any other function of x. Then, if x grows to be x plus d x; and y to y plus d y; and u becomes u plus d u, and v becomes v plus d v, we shall have: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y plus d y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis u plus d u right parenthesis times left parenthesis v plus d v right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals u dot v plus u dot d v plus v dot d u plus d u dot d v period EndLayout

[Pg 37]

Now d u dot d v is a small quantity of the second order of smallness, and therefore in the limit may be discarded, leaving y plus d y equals u dot v plus u dot d v plus v dot d u period

Then, subtracting the original y equals u dot v, we have left d y equals u dot d v plus v dot d u semicolon and, dividing through by d x, we get the result: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals u StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction plus v StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction period

This shows that our instructions will be as follows: To differentiate the product of two functions, multiply each function by the differential coefficient of the other, and add together the two products so obtained.

You should note that this process amounts to the following: Treat u as constant while you differentiate v; then treat v as constant while you differentiate u; and the whole differential coefficient StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be the sum of these two treatments.

Now, having found this rule, apply it to the concrete example which was considered above.

We want to differentiate the product left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis times left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis period

Call left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis equals u semicolon and left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis equals v.

[Pg 38]

Then, by the general rule just established, we may write: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 3rd Column plus left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x squared plus c right parenthesis 4 a x cubed 3rd Column plus left parenthesis a x Superscript 4 Baseline plus b right parenthesis 2 x 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 4 a x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 4 a c x cubed 3rd Column plus 2 a x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 2 b x comma 4th Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 6 a x Superscript 5 Baseline plus 4 a c x cubed 3rd Column plus 2 b x comma EndLayout exactly as before.

Lastly, we have to differentiate quotients.

Think of this example, y equals StartFraction b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c Over x squared plus a EndFraction. In such a case it is no use to try to work out the division beforehand, because x squared plus a will not divide into b x Superscript 5 plus c, neither have they any common factor. So there is nothing for it but to go back to first principles, and find a rule.

So we will put y equals StartFraction u Over v EndFraction;

where u and v are two different functions of the independent variable x. Then, when x becomes x plus d x comma y will become y plus d y; and u will become u plus d u; and v will become v plus d v. So then y plus d y equals StartFraction u plus d u Over v plus d v EndFraction period

[Pg 39]

Now perform the algebraic division, thus: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column ModifyingBelow v plus d v With quotation dash vertical bar 2nd Column u plus d u ModifyingBelow vertical bar StartFraction u Over v EndFraction plus StartFraction d u Over v EndFraction minus StartFraction u dot d v Over v squared EndFraction With quotation dash 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartStartFraction u plus StartFraction u dot d v Over v EndFraction OverOver d u minus StartFraction u dot d v Over v EndFraction EndEndFraction 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartStartFraction d u plus StartFraction d u dot d v Over v EndFraction OverOver minus StartFraction u dot d v Over v EndFraction minus StartFraction d u dot d v Over v EndFraction EndEndFraction 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartStartFraction minus StartFraction u dot d v Over v EndFraction minus StartFraction u dot d v dot d v Over v squared EndFraction OverOver minus StartFraction d u dot d v Over v EndFraction plus StartFraction u dot d v dot d v Over v squared EndFraction EndEndFraction period EndLayout

As both these remainders are small quantities of the second order, they may be neglected, and the division may stop here, since any further remainders would be of still smaller magnitudes.

So we have got: y plus d y equals StartFraction u Over v EndFraction plus StartFraction d u Over v EndFraction minus StartFraction u dot d v Over v squared EndFraction semicolon which may be written equals StartFraction u Over v EndFraction plus StartFraction v dot d u minus u dot d v Over v squared EndFraction period

[Pg 40]

Now subtract the original y equals StartFraction u Over v EndFraction, and we have left: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals StartFraction v dot d u minus u dot d v Over v squared EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column whence 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction v StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction minus u StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction OverOver v squared EndEndFraction period EndLayout

This gives us our instructions as to how to differentiate a quotient of two functions. Multiply the divisor function by the differential coefficient of the dividend function; then multiply the dividend function by the differential coefficient of the divisor function; and subtract. Lastly divide by the square of the divisor function.

Going back to our example y equals StartFraction b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c Over x squared plus a EndFraction, write b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c equals u semicolon and x squared plus a equals v period

Then StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartStartFraction left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction minus left parenthesis b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction OverOver left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis squared EndEndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis left parenthesis 5 b x Superscript 4 Baseline right parenthesis minus left parenthesis b x Superscript 5 Baseline plus c right parenthesis left parenthesis 2 x right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis squared EndFraction comma 3rd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 3 b x Superscript 6 Baseline plus 5 a b x Superscript 4 Baseline minus 2 c x Over left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis squared EndFraction period left parenthesis Answer period right parenthesis EndLayout

The working out of quotients is often tedious, but there is nothing difficult about it.

Some further examples fully worked out are given hereafter.

[Pg 41]

(1) Differentiate y equals StartFraction a Over b squared EndFraction x cubed minus StartFraction a squared Over b EndFraction x plus StartFraction a squared Over b squared EndFraction.

Being a constant, StartFraction a squared Over b squared EndFraction vanishes, and we have StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a Over b squared EndFraction times 3 times x Superscript 3 minus 1 Baseline minus StartFraction a squared Over b EndFraction times 1 times x Superscript 1 minus 1 Baseline period

But x Superscript 1 minus 1 Baseline equals x Superscript 0 Baseline equals 1; so we get: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 a Over b squared EndFraction x squared minus StartFraction a squared Over b EndFraction period

(2) Differentiate y equals 2 a StartRoot b x cubed EndRoot minus StartFraction 3 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot Over x EndFraction minus 2 StartRoot a b EndRoot.

Putting x in the index form, we get y equals 2 a StartRoot b EndRoot x Superscript three halves Baseline minus 3 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot x Superscript negative 1 Baseline minus 2 StartRoot a b EndRoot period

Now StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 a StartRoot b EndRoot times 2nd Column three halves times x Superscript three halves minus 1 Baseline minus 3 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot times left parenthesis negative 1 right parenthesis times x Superscript negative 1 minus 1 Baseline semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column or comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 a StartRoot b x EndRoot plus StartFraction 3 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot Over x squared EndFraction period EndLayout

(3) Differentiate z equals 1.8 RootIndex 3 StartRoot StartFraction 1 Over theta squared EndFraction EndRoot minus StartFraction 4.4 Over RootIndex 5 StartRoot theta EndRoot EndFraction minus 27 Superscript ring.

This may be written: z equals 1.8 theta Superscript negative two thirds Baseline minus 4.4 theta Superscript negative one fifth Baseline minus 27 Superscript ring.

The 27 Superscript ring vanishes, and we have StartFraction d z Over d theta EndFraction equals 1.8 times negative two thirds times theta Superscript negative two thirds minus 1 Baseline minus 4.4 times left parenthesis negative one fifth right parenthesis theta Superscript negative one fifth minus 1 Baseline semicolon or, StartFraction d z Over d theta EndFraction equals minus 1.2 theta Superscript negative five thirds Baseline plus 0.88 theta Superscript negative six fifths Baseline semicolon or, StartFraction d z Over d theta EndFraction equals StartFraction 0.88 Over RootIndex 5 StartRoot theta Superscript 6 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1.2 Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot theta Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction period

[Pg 42]

(4) Differentiate v equals left parenthesis 3 t squared minus 1.2 t plus 1 right parenthesis cubed.

A direct way of doing this will be explained later (see p. 66); but we can nevertheless manage it now without any difficulty.

Developing the cube, we get v equals 27 t Superscript 6 Baseline minus 32.4 t Superscript 5 Baseline plus 39.96 t Superscript 4 Baseline minus 23.328 t cubed plus 13.32 t squared minus 3.6 t plus 1 semicolon hence StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction equals 162 t Superscript 5 Baseline minus 162 t Superscript 4 Baseline plus 159.84 t cubed minus 69.984 t squared plus 26.64 t minus 3.6 period

(5) Differentiate y equals left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared. StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis right bracket Over d x EndFraction plus left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared StartFraction d left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 2nd Row  equals left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis left bracket left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction plus left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction right bracket 3rd Row  plus left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared StartFraction d left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 4th Row  equals 2 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left bracket left parenthesis 2 x minus 3 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis right bracket equals 2 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis semicolon EndLayout or, more simply, multiply out and then differentiate.

(6) Differentiate y equals 0.5 x cubed left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 0.5 left bracket x cubed StartFraction d left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction plus left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis x cubed right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction right bracket 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 0.5 left bracket x cubed plus left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis times 3 x squared right bracket equals 2 x cubed minus 4.5 x squared period EndLayout

Same remarks as for preceding example.

(7) Differentiate w equals left parenthesis theta plus StartFraction 1 Over theta EndFraction right parenthesis left parenthesis StartRoot theta EndRoot plus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis.

[Pg 43]

This may be written StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column w equals left parenthesis theta plus theta Superscript negative 1 Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d w Over d theta EndFraction 2nd Column equals left parenthesis theta plus theta Superscript negative 1 Baseline right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis Over d theta EndFraction plus left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis StartFraction d left parenthesis theta plus theta Superscript negative 1 Baseline right parenthesis Over d theta EndFraction 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left parenthesis theta plus theta Superscript negative 1 Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis one half theta Superscript negative one half Baseline minus one half theta Superscript negative three halves Baseline right parenthesis plus left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis 1 minus theta Superscript negative 2 Baseline right parenthesis 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals one half left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative three halves Baseline minus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline minus theta Superscript negative five halves Baseline right parenthesis plus left parenthesis theta Superscript one half Baseline plus theta Superscript negative one half Baseline minus theta Superscript negative three halves Baseline minus theta Superscript negative five halves Baseline right parenthesis 5th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals three halves left parenthesis StartRoot theta EndRoot minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis plus one half left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta cubed EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis period EndLayout

This, again, could be obtained more simply by multiplying the two factors first, and differentiating afterwards. This is not, however, always possible; see, for instance, p. 170, example 8, in which the rule for differentiating a product must be used.

(8) Differentiate y equals StartFraction a Over 1 plus a StartRoot x EndRoot plus a squared x EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartStartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus a x Superscript one half Baseline plus a squared x right parenthesis times 0 minus a StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 plus a x Superscript one half Baseline plus a squared x right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction OverOver left parenthesis 1 plus a StartRoot x EndRoot plus a squared x right parenthesis squared EndEndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction a left parenthesis one half a x Superscript negative one half Baseline plus a squared right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 1 plus a x Superscript one half Baseline plus a squared x right parenthesis squared EndFraction period EndLayout

(9) Differentiate y equals StartFraction x squared Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis 2 x minus x squared times 2 x Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction period

(10) Differentiate y equals StartFraction a plus StartRoot x EndRoot Over a minus StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction.

[Pg 44]

In the indexed form, y equals StartFraction a plus x Superscript one half Baseline Over a minus x Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction left parenthesis a minus x Superscript one half Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis one half x Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis minus left parenthesis a plus x Superscript one half Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis minus one half x Superscript negative one half Baseline right parenthesis Over left parenthesis a minus x Superscript one half Baseline right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals StartFraction a minus x Superscript one half Baseline plus a plus x Superscript one half Baseline Over 2 left parenthesis a minus x Superscript one half Baseline right parenthesis squared x Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a Over left parenthesis a minus StartRoot x EndRoot right parenthesis squared StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction period

(11) Differentiate theta equals StartFraction 1 minus a RootIndex 3 StartRoot t squared EndRoot Over 1 plus a RootIndex 2 StartRoot t cubed EndRoot EndFraction period

Now theta equals StartFraction 1 minus a t Superscript two thirds Baseline Over 1 plus a t Superscript three halves Baseline EndFraction period StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus a t Superscript three halves Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis minus two thirds a t Superscript negative one third Baseline right parenthesis minus left parenthesis 1 minus a t Superscript two thirds Baseline right parenthesis times three halves a t Superscript one half Baseline Over left parenthesis 1 plus a t Superscript three halves Baseline right parenthesis squared EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartStartFraction 5 a squared RootIndex 6 StartRoot t Superscript 7 Baseline EndRoot minus StartFraction 4 a Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot t EndRoot EndFraction minus 9 a RootIndex 2 StartRoot t EndRoot OverOver 6 left parenthesis 1 plus a RootIndex 2 StartRoot t cubed EndRoot right parenthesis squared EndEndFraction period EndLayout

(12) A reservoir of square cross-section has sides sloping at an angle of 45 Superscript ring with the vertical. The side of the bottom is 200 feet. Find an expression for the quantity pouring in or out when the depth of water varies by 1 foot; hence find, in gallons, the quantity withdrawn hourly when the depth is reduced from 14 to 10 feet in 24 hours.

The volume of a frustum of pyramid of height upper H, and of bases upper A and a, is upper V equals StartFraction upper H Over 3 EndFraction left parenthesis upper A plus a plus StartRoot upper A a EndRoot right parenthesis. It is easily seen that, the slope being 45 Superscript ring, if the depth be h, the length of the side of the square surface of the water is 200 plus 2 h feet, so that the volume of water is StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction h Over 3 EndFraction left bracket 200 squared plus left parenthesis 200 plus 2 h right parenthesis squared plus 200 left parenthesis 200 plus 2 h right parenthesis right bracket 2nd Row  equals 40 comma 000 h plus 400 h squared plus StartFraction 4 h cubed Over 3 EndFraction period EndLayout

[Pg 45]

StartFraction d upper V Over d h EndFraction equals 40 comma 000 plus 800 h plus 4 h squared equals cubic feet per foot of depth variation. The mean level from 14 to 10 feet is 12 feet, when h equals 12, StartFraction d upper V Over d h EndFraction equals 50, 176 cubic feet.

Gallons per hour corresponding to a change of depth of 4 ft. in 24 hours equals StartFraction 4 times 50 comma 176 times 6.25 Over 24 EndFraction equals 52 comma 267 gallons.

(13) The absolute pressure, in atmospheres, upper P, of saturated steam at the temperature t Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C. is given by Dulong as being upper P equals left parenthesis StartFraction 40 plus t Over 140 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 5 as long as t is above 80 Superscript ring. Find the rate of variation of the pressure with the temperature at 100 Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C.

Expand the numerator by the binomial theorem (see p. 137).

upper P equals StartFraction 1 Over 140 Superscript 5 Baseline EndFraction left parenthesis 40 Superscript 5 Baseline plus 5 times 40 Superscript 4 Baseline t plus 10 times 40 cubed t squared plus 10 times 40 squared t cubed plus 5 times 40 t Superscript 4 Baseline plus t Superscript 5 Baseline right parenthesis semicolon hence StartFraction d upper P Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 537 comma 824 times 10 Superscript 5 Baseline EndFraction left parenthesis 5 times 40 Superscript 4 Baseline plus 20 times 40 cubed t plus 30 times 40 squared t squared plus 20 times 40 t cubed plus 5 t Superscript 4 Baseline right parenthesis comma when t equals 100 this becomes 0.036 atmosphere per degree Centigrade change of temperature.


Exercises III. (See the Answers on p. 253.)

(1) Differentiate

(a) u equals 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 times 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 times 2 times 3 EndFraction plus midline horizontal ellipsis.

(b) y equals a x squared plus b x plus c.

(c) y equals left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis squared.

(d) y equals left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis cubed.

[Pg 46]

(2) If w equals a t minus one half b t squared, find StartFraction d w Over d t EndFraction.

(3) Find the differential coefficient of y equals left parenthesis x plus StartRoot negative 1 EndRoot right parenthesis times left parenthesis x minus StartRoot negative 1 EndRoot right parenthesis period

(4) Differentiate y equals left parenthesis 197 x minus 34 x squared right parenthesis times left parenthesis 7 plus 22 x minus 83 x cubed right parenthesis period

(5) If x equals left parenthesis y plus 3 right parenthesis times left parenthesis y plus 5 right parenthesis, find StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction.

(6) Differentiate y equals 1.3709 x times left parenthesis 112.6 plus 45.202 x squared right parenthesis.

Find the differential coefficients of

(7) y equals StartFraction 2 x plus 3 Over 3 x plus 2 EndFraction.

(8) y equals StartFraction 1 plus x plus 2 x squared plus 3 x cubed Over 1 plus x plus 2 x squared EndFraction.

(9) y equals StartFraction a x plus b Over c x plus d EndFraction.

(10) y equals StartFraction x Superscript n Baseline plus a Over x Superscript negative n Baseline plus b EndFraction.

(11) The temperature t of the filament of an incandescent electric lamp is connected to the current passing through the lamp by the relation upper C equals a plus b t plus c t squared period

Find an expression giving the variation of the current corresponding to a variation of temperature.

(12) The following formulae have been proposed to express the relation between the electric resistance upper R of a wire at the temperature [Pg 47] t Superscript ring Baseline normal upper C period, and the resistance upper R 0 of that same wire at 0 Superscript ring Centigrade, a comma b comma c being constants. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper R equals upper R 0 left parenthesis 1 plus a t plus b t squared right parenthesis period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper R equals upper R 0 left parenthesis 1 plus a t plus b StartRoot t EndRoot right parenthesis period 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper R equals upper R 0 left parenthesis 1 plus a t plus b t squared right parenthesis Superscript negative 1 Baseline period EndLayout

Find the rate of variation of the resistance with regard to temperature as given by each of these formulae.

(13) The electromotive-force upper E of a certain type of standard cell has been found to vary with the temperature t according to the relation upper E equals 1.4340 left bracket 1 minus 0.000814 left parenthesis t minus 15 right parenthesis plus 0.000007 left parenthesis t minus 15 right parenthesis squared right bracket volts period

Find the change of electromotive-force per degree, at 15 Superscript ring, 20 Superscript ring and 25 Superscript ring.

(14) The electromotive-force necessary to maintain an electric arc of length l with a current of intensity i has been found by Mrs. Ayrton to be upper E equals a plus b l plus StartFraction c plus k l Over i EndFraction comma where a comma b comma c comma k are constants.

Find an expression for the variation of the electromotive-force (a) with regard to the length of the arc; (b) with regard to the strength of the current.


[Pg 48]

CHAPTER VII.

SUCCESSIVE DIFFERENTIATION.

LET us try the effect of repeating several times over the operation of differentiating a function (see p. 13). Begin with a concrete case.

Let y equals x Superscript 5. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column First differentiation comma 2nd Column 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline period 3rd Column Blank 2nd Row 1st Column Second differentiation comma 2nd Column 5 times 4 x cubed 3rd Column equals 20 x cubed period 3rd Row 1st Column Third differentiation comma 2nd Column 5 times 4 times 3 x squared 3rd Column equals 60 x squared period 4th Row 1st Column Fourth differentiation comma 2nd Column 5 times 4 times 3 times 2 x 3rd Column equals 120 x period 5th Row 1st Column Fifth differentiation comma 2nd Column 5 times 4 times 3 times 2 times 1 3rd Column equals 120 period 6th Row 1st Column Sixth differentiation comma 2nd Column Blank 3rd Column equals 0 period EndLayout

There is a certain notation, with which we are already acquainted (see p. 14), used by some writers, that is very convenient. This is to employ the general symbol f left parenthesis x right parenthesis for any function of x. Here the symbol f left parenthesis right parenthesis is read as "function of," without saying what particular function is meant. So the statement y equals f left parenthesis x right parenthesis merely tells us that y is a function of x, it may be x squared or a x Superscript n, or cosine x or any other complicated function of x.

[Pg 49]

The corresponding symbol for the differential coefficient is f prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis, which is simpler to write than StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction. This is called the "derived function" of x.

Suppose we differentiate over again, we shall get the "second derived function" or second differential coefficient, which is denoted by f double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis; and so on.

Now let us generalize.

Let y equals f left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals x Superscript n.

StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column First differentiation comma 2nd Column f prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Second differentiation comma 2nd Column f double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals n left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis x Superscript n minus 2 Baseline period 3rd Row 1st Column Third differentiation comma 2nd Column f triple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals n left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 2 right parenthesis x Superscript n minus 3 Baseline period 4th Row 1st Column Fourth differentiation comma 2nd Column f quadruple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals n left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 3 right parenthesis x Superscript n minus 4 Baseline period 5th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column e t c period comma e t c period EndLayout

But this is not the only way of indicating successive differentiations.

For, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column if the original function be y 2nd Column equals f left parenthesis x right parenthesis semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column once differentiating gives StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals f prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column twice differentiating gives StartStartFraction d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction right parenthesis OverOver d x EndEndFraction 2nd Column equals f double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis semicolon EndLayout and this is more conveniently written as StartFraction d squared y Over left parenthesis d x right parenthesis squared EndFraction, or more usually StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction.

Similarly, we may write as the result of thrice differentiating, StartFraction d cubed y Over d x cubed EndFraction equals f triple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis.


[Pg 50]

Examples.

Now let us try y equals f left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 7 x Superscript 4 Baseline plus 3.5 x cubed minus one half x squared plus x minus 2. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals f prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 28 x cubed plus 10.5 x squared minus x plus 1 comma 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction 2nd Column equals f double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 84 x squared plus 21 x minus 1 comma 3rd Row 1st Column StartFraction d cubed y Over d x cubed EndFraction 2nd Column equals f triple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 168 x plus 21 comma 4th Row 1st Column StartFraction d Superscript 4 Baseline y Over d x Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction 2nd Column equals f quadruple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 168 comma 5th Row 1st Column StartFraction d Superscript 5 Baseline y Over d x Superscript 5 Baseline EndFraction 2nd Column equals f five prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 0 period EndLayout

In a similar manner if y equals phi left parenthesis x right parenthesis equals 3 x left parenthesis x squared minus 4 right parenthesis, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column phi prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis 2nd Column equals StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 left bracket x times 2 x plus left parenthesis x squared minus 4 right parenthesis times 1 right bracket equals 3 left parenthesis 3 x squared minus 4 right parenthesis comma 2nd Row 1st Column phi double prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis 2nd Column equals StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals 3 times 6 x equals 18 x comma 3rd Row 1st Column phi triple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis 2nd Column equals StartFraction d cubed y Over d x cubed EndFraction equals 18 comma 4th Row 1st Column phi quadruple prime left parenthesis x right parenthesis 2nd Column equals StartFraction d Superscript 4 Baseline y Over d x Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction equals 0 period EndLayout


Exercises IV. (See page 253 for Answers.)

Find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction and StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction for the following expressions:

(1) y equals 17 x plus 12 x squared.

(2) y equals StartFraction x squared plus a Over x plus a EndFraction.

(3) y equals 1 plus StartFraction x Over 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 times 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 times 2 times 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 times 2 times 3 times 4 EndFraction.

[Pg 51]

(4) Find the 2nd and 3rd derived functions in the Exercises III. (p. 45), No. 1 to No. 7, and in the Examples given (p. 40), No. 1 to No. 7.


[Pg 52]

CHAPTER VIII.
WHEN TIME VARIES.

SOME of the most important problems of the calculus are those where time is the independent variable, and we have to think about the values of some other quantity that varies when the time varies. Some things grow larger as time goes on; some other things grow smaller. The distance that a train has got from its starting place goes on ever increasing as time goes on. Trees grow taller as the years go by. Which is growing at the greater rate; a plant 12 inches high which in one month becomes 14 inches high, or a tree 12 feet high which in a year becomes 14 feet high?

In this chapter we are going to make much use of the word rate. Nothing to do with poor-rate, or water-rate (except that even here the word suggests a proportion—a ratio—so many pence in the pound). Nothing to do even with birth-rate or death-rate, though these words suggest so many births or deaths per thousand of the population. When a motor-car whizzes by us, we say: What a terrific rate! When a spendthrift is flinging about his money, we remark that that young man is living at a prodigious rate. What do we mean by rate? In both these cases we are making a mental comparison of something that is happening, and the length of time that it takes to happen. If the[Pg 53] motor-car flies past us going 10 yards per second, a simple bit of mental arithmetic will show us that this is equivalent—while it lasts—to a rate of 600 yards per minute, or over 20 miles per hour.

Now in what sense is it true that a speed of 10 yards per second is the same as 600 yards per minute? Ten yards is not the same as 600 yards, nor is one second the same thing as one minute. What we mean by saying that the rate is the same, is this: that the proportion borne between distance passed over and time taken to pass over it, is the same in both cases.

Take another example. A man may have only a few pounds in his possession, and yet be able to spend money at the rate of millions a year-provided he goes on spending money at that rate for a few minutes only. Suppose you hand a shilling over the counter to pay for some goods; and suppose the operation lasts exactly one second. Then, during that brief operation, you are parting with your money at the rate of 1 shilling per second, which is the same rate as pound sign 3 per minute, or pound sign 180 per hour, or pound sign 4320 per day, or pound sign 1 comma 576 comma 800 per year! If you have pound sign 10 in your pocket, you can go on spending money at the rate of a million a year for just 5 and one fourth minutes.

It is said that Sandy had not been in London above five minutes when "bang went sixpence." If he were to spend money at that rate all day long, say for 12 hours, he would be spending 6 shillings an hour, or pound sign 3.12 s period per day, or pound sign 21.12 s period a week, not counting the Sawbbath.

Now try to put some of these ideas into differential notation.

Let y in this case stand for money, and let t stand for time.

If you are spending money, and the amount you spend in a short [Pg 54] time d t be called d y, the rate of spending it will be StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction, or rather, should be written with a minus sign, as minus StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction, because d y is a decrement, not an increment. But money is not a good example for the calculus, because it generally comes and goes by jumps, not by a continuous flow-you may earn pound sign 200 a year, but it does not keep running in all day long in a thin stream; it comes in only weekly, or monthly, or quarterly, in lumps: and your expenditure also goes out in sudden payments.

A more apt illustration of the idea of a rate is furnished by the speed of a moving body. From London (Euston station) to Liverpool is 200 miles. If a train leaves London at 7 o'clock, and reaches Liverpool at 11 o'clock, you know that, since it has travelled 200 miles in 4 hours, its average rate must have been 50 miles per hour; because StartFraction 200 Over 4 EndFraction equals StartFraction 50 Over 1 EndFraction. Here you are really making a mental comparison between the distance passed over and the time taken to pass over it. You are dividing one by the other. If y is the whole distance, and t the whole time, clearly the average rate is StartFraction y Over t EndFraction. Now the speed was not actually constant all the way: at starting, and during the slowing up at the end of the journey, the speed was less. Probably at some part, when running downhill, the speed was over 60 miles an hour. If, during any particular element of time d t, the corresponding element of distance passed over was d y, then at that part of the journey the speed was StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction. The rate at which one quantity (in the present instance, distance) is changing in relation to the other quantity (in this case, time) is properly expressed, then, by stating the differential coefficient of one with respect to the other. A velocity, scientifically expressed, is the rate at which a very small distance in any given direction is being passed over; and may therefore[Pg 55] be written v equals StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction period

But if the velocity v is not uniform, then it must be either increasing or else decreasing. The rate at which a velocity is increasing is called the acceleration. If a moving body is, at any particular instant, gaining an additional velocity d v in an element of time d t, then the acceleration a at that instant may be written a equals StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction semicolon but d v is itself d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction right parenthesis. Hence we may put a equals StartStartFraction d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction right parenthesis OverOver d t EndEndFraction semicolon and this is usually written a equals StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction; or the acceleration is the second differential coefficient of the distance, with respect to time. Acceleration is expressed as a change of velocity in unit time, for instance, as being so many feet per second per second; the notation used being feet division sign second squared.

When a railway train has just begun to move, its velocity v is small; but it is rapidly gaining speed-it is being hurried up, or accelerated, by the effort of the engine. So its StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction is large. When it has got up its top speed it is no longer being accelerated, so that then StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction has fallen to zero. But when it nears its stopping place its speed begins to slow down; may, indeed, slow down very quickly if the brakes are put on, [Pg 56] and during this period of deceleration or slackening of pace, the value of StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction, that is, of StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction will be negative.

To accelerate a mass m requires the continuous application of force. The force necessary to accelerate a mass is proportional to the mass, and it is also proportional to the acceleration which is being imparted. Hence we may write for the force f, the expression StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column f 2nd Column equals m a semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column or f 2nd Column equals m StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column or f 2nd Column equals m StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction period EndLayout

The product of a mass by the speed at which it is going is called its momentum, and is in symbols m v. If we differentiate momentum with respect to time we shall get StartFraction d left parenthesis m v right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction for the rate of change of momentum. But, since m is a constant quantity, this may be written m StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction, which we see above is the same as f. That is to say, force may be expressed either as mass times acceleration, or as rate of change of momentum.

Again, if a force is employed to move something (against an equal and opposite counter-force), it does work; and the amount of work done is measured by the product of the force into the distance (in its own direction) through which its point of application moves forward. So if a force f moves forward through a length y, the work done (which we may call w) will be w equals f times y semicolon where we take f as a constant force. If the force varies at different parts of the range y, then we must find an expression for its value from [Pg 57]point to point. If f be the force along the small element of length d y, the amount of work done will be f times d y. But as d y is only an element of length, only an element of work will be done. If we write w for work, then an element of work will be d w; and we have d w equals f times d y semicolon which may be written StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d w 2nd Column equals m a dot d y semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column or d w 2nd Column equals m StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction dot d y semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column or d w 2nd Column equals m StartFraction d v Over d t EndFraction dot d y period EndLayout

Further, we may transpose the expression and write StartFraction d w Over d y EndFraction equals f period

This gives us yet a third definition of force; that if it is being used to produce a displacement in any direction, the force (in that direction) is equal to the rate at which work is being done per unit of length in that direction. In this last sentence the word rate is clearly not used in its time-sense, but in its meaning as ratio or proportion.

Sir Isaac Newton, who was (along with Leibnitz) an inventor of the methods of the calculus, regarded all quantities that were varying as flowing; and the ratio which we nowadays call the differential coefficient he regarded as the rate of flowing, or the fluxion of the quantity in question. He did not use the notation of the d y and d x, and d t (this was due to Leibnitz), but had instead a notation of his own. If y was a quantity[Pg 58] that varied, or "flowed," then his symbol for its rate of variation (or "fluxion") was ModifyingAbove y With dot. If x was the variable, then its fluxion was called ModifyingAbove x With dot. The dot over the letter indicated that it had been differentiated. But this notation does not tell us what is the independent variable with respect to which the differentiation has been effected. When we see StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction we know that y is to be differentiated with respect to t. If we see StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction we know that y is to be differentiated with respect to x. But if we see merely ModifyingAbove y With dot, we cannot tell without looking at the context whether this is to mean StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction or StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction or StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction, or what is the other variable. So, therefore, this fluxional notation is less informing than the differential notation, and has in consequence largely dropped out of use. But its simplicity gives it an advantage if only we will agree to use it for those cases exclusively where time is the independent variable. In that case ModifyingAbove y With dot will mean StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction and ModifyingAbove u With dot will mean StartFraction d u Over d t EndFraction; and ModifyingAbove x With two dots will mean StartFraction d squared x Over d t squared EndFraction.

Adopting this fluxional notation we may write the mechanical equations considered in the paragraphs above, as follows:

StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column distance 2nd Column x comma 2nd Row 1st Column velocity 2nd Column v equals ModifyingAbove x With dot comma 3rd Row 1st Column acceleration 2nd Column a equals ModifyingAbove v With dot equals ModifyingAbove x With two dots comma 4th Row 1st Column force 2nd Column f equals m ModifyingAbove v With dot equals m ModifyingAbove x With two dots comma 5th Row 1st Column work 2nd Column w equals x times m ModifyingAbove x With two dots period EndLayout

Examples.

(1) A body moves so that the distance x (in feet), which it travels from a certain point upper O, is given by the relation x equals 0.2 t squared plus 10.4, where t is the time in seconds elapsed since a certain instant. Find the velocity[Pg 59] and acceleration 5 seconds after the body began to move, and also find the corresponding values when the distance covered is 100 feet. Find also the average velocity during the first 10 seconds of its motion. (Suppose distances and motion to the right to be positive.)

Now x equals 0.2 t squared plus 10.4 v equals ModifyingAbove x With dot equals StartFraction d x Over d t EndFraction equals 0.4 t semicolon and a equals ModifyingAbove x With two dots equals StartFraction d squared x Over d t squared EndFraction equals 0.4 equals constant period

When t equals 0 comma x equals 10.4 and v equals 0. The body started from a point 10.4 feet to the right of the point upper O; and the time was reckoned from the instant the body started.

When t equals 5 comma v equals 0.4 times 5 equals 2 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction semicolon a equals 0.4 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction squared.

When x equals 100 comma 100 equals 0.2 t squared plus 10.4, or t squared equals 448, and t equals 21.17 secant period; v equals 0.4 times 21.17 equals 8.468 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction.

When t equals 10, distance travelled equals 0.2 times 10 squared plus 10.4 minus 10.4 equals 20 f t period Average velocity equals StartFraction 20 Over 10 EndFraction equals 2 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction

(It is the same velocity as the velocity at the middle of the interval, t equals 5; for, the acceleration being constant, the velocity has varied uniformly from zero when t equals 0 to 4 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction when t equals 10.)

(2) In the above problem let us suppose StartLayout 1st Row  x equals 0.2 t squared plus 3 t plus 10.4 2nd Row  v equals ModifyingAbove x With dot equals StartFraction d x Over d t EndFraction equals 0.4 t plus 3 semicolon a equals ModifyingAbove x With two dots equals StartFraction d squared x Over d t squared EndFraction equals 0.4 equals constant period EndLayout

When t equals 0 comma x equals 10.4 and v equals 3 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction, the time is reckoned from the instant at which the body passed a point 10.4 ft. from the point upper O,[Pg 60] its velocity being then already 3 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction. To find the time elapsed since it began moving, let v equals 0; then 0.4 t plus 3 equals 0 comma t equals minus StartFraction 3 Over .4 EndFraction equals minus 7.5 secant period. The body began moving 7.5 sec. before time was begun to be observed; 5 seconds after this gives t equals negative 2.5 and v equals 0.4 times negative 2.5 plus 3 equals 2 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction.

When x equals 100 f t period, 100 equals 0.2 t squared plus 3 t plus 10.4 semicolon or t squared plus 15 t minus 448 equals 0 semicolon hence t equals 14.95 secant period comma v equals 0.4 times 14.95 plus 3 equals 8.98 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction.

To find the distance travelled during the 10 first seconds of the motion one must know how far the body was from the point upper O when it started.

When t equals negative 7.5, x equals 0.2 times left parenthesis negative 7.5 right parenthesis squared minus 3 times 7.5 plus 10.4 equals minus 0.85 f t period comma that is 0.85 ft. to the left of the point upper O.

Now, when t equals 2.5, x equals 0.2 times 2.5 squared plus 3 times 2.5 plus 10.4 equals 19.15 period

So, in 10 seconds, the distance travelled was 19.15 plus 0.85 equals 20 f t period, and the average velocity equals StartFraction 20 Over 10 EndFraction equals 2 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction period

(3) Consider a similar problem when the distance is given by x equals 0.2 t squared minus 3 t plus 10.4. Then v equals 0.4 t minus 3 comma a equals 0.4 equals constant. When t equals 0, x equals 10.4 as before, and v equals negative 3; so that the body was moving in the direction opposite to its motion in the previous cases. As the acceleration is positive, however, we see that this velocity will [Pg 61] decrease as time goes on, until it becomes zero, when v equals 0 or 0.4 t minus 3 equals 0; or t equals 7.5 secant. After this, the velocity becomes positive; and 5 seconds after the body started, t equals 12.5, and v equals 0.4 times 12.5 minus 3 equals 2 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction period

When x equals 100, StartLayout 1st Row  100 equals 0.2 t squared minus 3 t plus 10.4 comma or t squared minus 15 t minus 448 equals 0 period 2nd Row  and t equals 29.95 semicolon v equals 0.4 times 29.95 minus 3 equals 8.98 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction period EndLayout

When v is zero, x equals 0.2 times 7.5 squared minus 3 times 7.5 plus 10.4 equals negative 0.85, informing us that the body moves back to 0.85 ft. beyond the point upper O before it stops. Ten seconds later t equals 17.5 and x equals 0.2 times 17.5 squared minus 3 times 17.5 plus 10.4 equals 19.15 period

The distance travelled equals .85 plus 19.15 equals 20.0, and the average velocity is again 2 ft./sec.

(4) Consider yet another problem of the same sort with x equals 0.2 t cubed minus 3 t squared plus 10.4 semicolon v equals 0.6 t squared minus 6 t semicolon a equals 1.2 t minus 6. The acceleration is no more constant.

When t equals 0 comma x equals 10.4 comma v equals 0 comma a equals negative 6. The body is at rest, but just ready to move with a negative acceleration, that is to gain a velocity towards the point upper O.

(5) If we have x equals 0.2 t cubed minus 3 t plus 10.4, then v equals 0.6 t squared minus 3, and a equals 1.2 t.

When t equals 0 comma x equals 10.4 semicolon v equals negative 3 semicolon a equals 0.

The body is moving towards the point upper O with a velocity of 3 StartFraction f t period Over secant period EndFraction, and just at that instant the velocity is uniform.

[Pg 62]

We see that the conditions of the motion can always be at once ascertained from the time-distance equation and its first and second derived functions. In the last two cases the mean velocity during the first 10 seconds and the velocity 5 seconds after the start will no more be the same, because the velocity is not increasing uniformly, the acceleration being no longer constant.

(6) The angle theta (in radians) turned through by a wheel is given by theta equals 3 plus 2 t minus 0.1 t cubed, where t is the time in seconds from a certain instant; find the angular velocity omega and the angular acceleration alpha, (a) after 1 second; (b) after it has performed one revolution. At what time is it at rest, and how many revolutions has it performed up to that instant?

Writing for the acceleration omega equals ModifyingAbove theta With dot equals StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction equals 2 minus 0.3 t squared comma alpha equals ModifyingAbove theta With two dots equals StartFraction d squared theta Over d t squared EndFraction equals minus 0.6 t period

When t equals 0 comma theta equals 3 semicolon omega equals 2 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction semicolon alpha equals 0.

When t equals 1, omega equals 2 minus 0.3 equals 1.7 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction semicolon alpha equals minus 0.6 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction squared period

This is a retardation; the wheel is slowing down.

After 1 revolution theta equals 2 pi equals 6.28 semicolon 6.28 equals 3 plus 2 t minus 0.1 t cubed period

By plotting the graph, theta equals 3 plus 2 t minus 0.1 t cubed, we can get the value or values of t for which theta equals 6.28; these are 2.11 and 3.03 (there is a third negative value).

[Pg 63]

When t equals 2.11, StartLayout 1st Row  theta equals 6.28 semicolon omega equals 2 minus 1.34 equals 0.66 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row  alpha equals minus 1.27 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction squared period EndLayout

When t equals 3.03, StartLayout 1st Row  theta equals 6.28 semicolon omega equals 2 minus 2.754 equals minus 0.754 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row  alpha equals minus 1.82 StartFraction r a d period Over secant period EndFraction squared period EndLayout

The velocity is reversed. The wheel is evidently at rest between these two instants; it is at rest when omega equals 0, that is when 0 equals 2 minus 0.3 t cubed, or when t equals 2.58 secant period, it has performed StartFraction theta Over 2 pi EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 plus 2 times 2.58 minus 0.1 times 2.58 cubed Over 6.28 EndFraction equals 1.025 revolutions period


Exercises V. (See page 255 for Answers.)

(1) If y equals a plus b t squared plus c t Superscript 4; find StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction and StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction. Ans period StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals 2 b t plus 4 c t cubed semicolon StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction equals 2 b plus 12 c t squared period

(2) A body falling freely in space describes in t seconds a space s, in feet, expressed by the equation s equals 16 t squared. Draw a curve showing the relation between s and t. Also determine the velocity of the body at the following times from its being let drop: t equals 2 seconds; t equals 4.6 seconds; t equals 0.01 second.

(3) If x equals a t minus one half g t squared; find ModifyingAbove x With dot and ModifyingAbove x With two dots.

[Pg 64]

(4) If a body move according to the law s equals 12 minus 4.5 t plus 6.2 t squared comma find its velocity when t equals 4 seconds; s being in feet.

(5) Find the acceleration of the body mentioned in the preceding example. Is the acceleration the same for all values of t?

(6) The angle theta (in radians) turned through by a revolving wheel is connected with the time t (in seconds) that has elapsed since starting; by the law theta equals 2.1 minus 3.2 t plus 4.8 t squared period

Find the angular velocity (in radians per second) of that wheel when 1 and one half seconds have elapsed. Find also its angular acceleration.

(7) A slider moves so that, during the first part of its motion, its distance s in inches from its starting point is given by the expression s equals 6.8 t cubed minus 10.8 t semicolon t being in seconds period

Find the expression for the velocity and the acceleration at any time; and hence find the velocity and the acceleration after 3 seconds.

(8) The motion of a rising balloon is such that its height h, in miles, is given at any instant by the expression h equals 0.5 plus one tenth RootIndex 3 StartRoot t minus 125 EndRoot; t being in seconds.

Find an expression for the velocity and the acceleration at any time. Draw curves to show the variation of height, velocity and acceleration during the first ten minutes of the ascent.

[Pg 65]

(9) A stone is thrown downwards into water and its depth p in metres at any instant t seconds after reaching the surface of the water is given by the expression p equals StartFraction 4 Over 4 plus t squared EndFraction plus 0.8 t minus 1 period

Find an expression for the velocity and the acceleration at any time. Find the velocity and acceleration after 10 seconds.

(10) A body moves in such a way that the spaces described in the time t from starting is given by s equals t Superscript n, where n is a constant. Find the value of n when the velocity is doubled from the 5th to the 10th second; find it also when the velocity is numerically equal to the acceleration at the end of the 10th second.


[Pg 66]

CHAPTER IX.
INTRODUCING A USEFUL DODGE.

SOMETIMES one is stumped by finding that the expression to be differentiated is too complicated to tackle directly.

Thus, the equation y equals left parenthesis x squared plus a squared right parenthesis Superscript three halves is awkward to a beginner.

Now the dodge to turn the difficulty is this: Write some symbol, such as u, for the expression x squared plus a squared; then the equation becomes y equals u Superscript three halves Baseline comma which you can easily manage; for StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals three halves u Superscript one half Baseline period

Then tackle the expression u equals x squared plus a squared comma and differentiate it with respect to x, StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x period

[Pg 67]

Then all that remains is plain sailing; for StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction semicolon that is, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals three halves u Superscript one half Baseline times 2 x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals three halves left parenthesis x squared plus a squared right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline times 2 x 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 3 x left parenthesis x squared plus a squared right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline semicolon EndLayout and so the trick is done.

By and bye, when you have learned how to deal with sines, and cosines, and exponentials, you will find this dodge of increasing usefulness.


Examples.

Let us practise this dodge on a few examples.

(1) Differentiate y equals StartRoot a plus x EndRoot.

Let a plus x equals u. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 1 semicolon y equals u Superscript one half Baseline semicolon StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals one half u Superscript negative one half Baseline equals one half left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot a plus x EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

(2) Differentiate y equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot a plus x squared EndRoot EndFraction.

Let a plus x squared equals u. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x semicolon y equals u Superscript negative one half Baseline semicolon StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals minus one half u Superscript negative three halves Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction x Over StartRoot left parenthesis a plus x squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

[Pg 68]

(3) Differentiate y equals left parenthesis m minus n x Superscript two thirds Baseline plus StartFraction p Over x Superscript four thirds Baseline EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript a.

Let m minus n x Superscript two thirds Baseline plus p x Superscript negative four thirds Baseline equals u. StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus two thirds n x Superscript negative one third Baseline minus four thirds p x Superscript negative seven thirds Baseline semicolon 2nd Row  y equals u Superscript a Baseline semicolon StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals a u Superscript a minus 1 Baseline period 3rd Row  StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus a left parenthesis m minus n x Superscript two thirds Baseline plus StartFraction p Over x Superscript four thirds Baseline EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript a minus 1 Baseline left parenthesis two thirds n x Superscript negative one third Baseline plus four thirds p x Superscript negative seven thirds Baseline right parenthesis period EndLayout

(4) Differentiate y equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot x cubed minus a squared EndRoot EndFraction.

Let u equals x cubed minus a squared. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 3 x squared semicolon y equals u Superscript negative one half Baseline semicolon StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals minus one half left parenthesis x cubed minus a squared right parenthesis Superscript negative three halves Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 x squared Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis x cubed minus a squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

(5) Differentiate y equals StartRoot StartFraction 1 minus x Over 1 plus x EndFraction EndRoot.

Write this as y equals StartFraction left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over d x EndFraction minus left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over d x EndFraction OverOver 1 plus x EndEndFraction period (We may also write y equals left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript negative one half and differentiate as a product.)

Proceeding as in example (1) above, we get StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot EndFraction semicolon and StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot EndFraction period

[Pg 69]

Hence StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over 2 left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline Over 2 left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction semicolon EndLayout or StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction period

(6) Differentiate y equals StartRoot StartFraction x cubed Over 1 plus x squared EndFraction EndRoot.

We may write this StartLayout 1st Row  y equals x Superscript three halves Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline semicolon 2nd Row  StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals three halves x Superscript one half Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline plus x Superscript three halves Baseline times StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline right bracket Over d x EndFraction period EndLayout

Differentiating left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one half, as shown in example (2) above, we get StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline right bracket Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction x Over StartRoot left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction semicolon so that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 StartRoot x EndRoot Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus x squared EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction StartRoot x Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot Over StartRoot left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction equals StartFraction StartRoot x EndRoot left parenthesis 3 plus x squared right parenthesis Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction period

(7) Differentiate y equals left parenthesis x plus StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot right parenthesis cubed.

Let x plus StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot equals u. StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 1 plus StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis x squared plus x plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline right bracket Over d x EndFraction period 2nd Row  y equals u cubed semicolon and StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction equals 3 u squared equals 3 left parenthesis x plus StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot right parenthesis squared period EndLayout

[Pg 70]

Now let left parenthesis x squared plus x plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline equals v and left parenthesis x squared plus x plus a right parenthesis equals w. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x plus 1 semicolon v equals w Superscript one half Baseline semicolon StartFraction d v Over d w EndFraction equals one half w Superscript negative one half Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d v Over d w EndFraction times StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction equals one half left parenthesis x squared plus x plus a right parenthesis Superscript negative one half Baseline left parenthesis 2 x plus 1 right parenthesis period EndLayout

Hence StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals 1 plus StartFraction 2 x plus 1 Over 2 StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot EndFraction, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction times StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 3 left parenthesis x plus StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot right parenthesis squared left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 2 x plus 1 Over 2 StartRoot x squared plus x plus a EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis period EndLayout

(8) Differentiate y equals StartRoot StartFraction a squared plus x squared Over a squared minus x squared EndFraction EndRoot RootIndex 3 StartRoot StartFraction a squared minus x squared Over a squared plus x squared EndFraction EndRoot.

We get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals StartFraction left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one third Baseline Over left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one third Baseline EndFraction equals left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one sixth Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one sixth Baseline right bracket Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction d left bracket left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline right bracket Over left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline d x EndFraction period EndLayout

Let u equals left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative one sixth and v equals left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column u 2nd Column equals v Superscript negative one sixth Baseline semicolon StartFraction d u Over d v EndFraction equals minus one sixth v Superscript negative seven sixths Baseline semicolon StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals minus 2 x period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d u Over d v EndFraction times StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals one third x left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative seven sixths Baseline period EndLayout

Let w equals left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth and z equals left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column w 2nd Column equals z Superscript one sixth Baseline semicolon StartFraction d w Over d z EndFraction equals one sixth z Superscript negative five sixths Baseline semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction d w Over d z EndFraction times StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals one third x left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript negative five sixths Baseline period EndLayout

[Pg 71]

Hence StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline StartFraction x Over 3 left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript seven sixths Baseline EndFraction plus StartFraction x Over 3 left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript one sixth Baseline left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript five sixths Baseline EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction left bracket RootIndex 6 StartRoot StartFraction a squared plus x squared Over left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis Superscript 7 Baseline EndFraction EndRoot plus StartFraction 1 Over RootIndex 6 StartRoot left parenthesis a squared minus x squared right parenthesis left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot right bracket EndFraction right bracket period EndLayout

(9) Differentiate y Superscript n with respect to y Superscript 5. StartFraction d left parenthesis y Superscript n Baseline right parenthesis Over d left parenthesis y Superscript 5 Baseline right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction n y Superscript n minus 1 Baseline Over 5 y Superscript 5 minus 1 Baseline EndFraction equals StartFraction n Over 5 EndFraction y Superscript n minus 5 Baseline period (10) Find the first and second differential coefficients of y equals StartFraction x Over b EndFraction StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over b EndFraction StartFraction d left brace left bracket left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x right bracket Superscript one half Baseline right brace Over d x EndFraction plus StartFraction StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot Over b EndFraction period

Let left bracket left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x right bracket Superscript one half Baseline equals u and let left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x equals w; then u equals w Superscript one half. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d u Over d w EndFraction equals one half w Superscript negative one half Baseline equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 w Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction equals a minus 2 x period 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d u Over d w EndFraction times StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a minus 2 x Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

Hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x left parenthesis a minus 2 x right parenthesis Over 2 b StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction plus StartFraction StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot Over b EndFraction equals StartFraction x left parenthesis 3 a minus 4 x right parenthesis Over 2 b StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction period

[Pg 72]

Now StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartStartFraction 2 b StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot left parenthesis 3 a minus 8 x right parenthesis minus StartFraction left parenthesis 3 a x minus 4 x squared right parenthesis b left parenthesis a minus 2 x right parenthesis Over StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction OverOver 4 b squared left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndEndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 3 a squared minus 12 a x plus 8 x squared Over 4 b left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis x EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout (We shall need these two last differential coefficients later on. See Ex. X. No. 11.)


Exercises VI. (See page 255 for Answers.)

Differentiate the following:

(1) y equals StartRoot x squared plus 1 EndRoot.

(2) y equals StartRoot x squared plus a squared EndRoot.

(3) y equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot a plus x EndRoot EndFraction.

(4) y equals StartFraction a Over StartRoot a minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction.

(5) y equals StartFraction StartRoot x squared minus a squared EndRoot Over x squared EndFraction.

(6) y equals StartFraction RootIndex 3 StartRoot x Superscript 4 Baseline plus a EndRoot Over RootIndex 2 StartRoot x cubed plus a EndRoot EndFraction.

(7) y equals StartFraction a squared plus x squared Over left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(8) Differentiate y Superscript 5 with respect to y squared.

(9) Differentiate y equals StartFraction StartRoot 1 minus theta squared EndRoot Over 1 minus theta EndFraction.


The process can be extended to three or more differential coefficients, so that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction times StartFraction d z Over d v EndFraction times StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction.

[Pg 73]

Examples.

(1) If z equals 3 x Superscript 4 Baseline semicolon v equals StartFraction 7 Over z squared EndFraction semicolon y equals StartRoot 1 plus v EndRoot, find StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction.

We have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus v EndRoot EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d v Over d z EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 14 Over z cubed EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals 12 x cubed period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 168 x cubed Over left parenthesis 2 StartRoot 1 plus v EndRoot right parenthesis z cubed EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 28 Over 3 x Superscript 5 Baseline StartRoot 9 x Superscript 8 Baseline plus 7 EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout

(2) If t equals StartFraction 1 Over 5 StartRoot theta EndRoot EndFraction semicolon x equals t cubed plus StartFraction t Over 2 EndFraction semicolon v equals StartFraction 7 x squared Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot x minus 1 EndRoot EndFraction, find StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction. StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 7 x left parenthesis 5 x minus 6 right parenthesis Over 3 RootIndex 3 StartRoot left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d x Over d t EndFraction equals 3 t squared plus one half semicolon StartFraction d t Over d theta EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 10 StartRoot theta cubed EndRoot EndFraction period

Hence StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 7 x left parenthesis 5 x minus 6 right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 t squared plus one half right parenthesis Over 30 RootIndex 3 StartRoot left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndRoot StartRoot theta cubed EndRoot EndFraction comma an expression in which x must be replaced by its value, and t by its value in terms of theta.

(3) If theta equals StartFraction 3 a squared x Over StartRoot x cubed EndRoot EndFraction semicolon omega equals StartFraction StartRoot 1 minus theta squared EndRoot Over 1 plus theta EndFraction semicolon and phi equals StartRoot 3 EndRoot minus StartFraction 1 Over omega StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction, find StartFraction d phi Over d x EndFraction.

We get StartLayout 1st Row  theta equals 3 a squared x Superscript negative one half Baseline semicolon omega equals StartRoot StartFraction 1 minus theta Over 1 plus theta EndFraction EndRoot semicolon and phi equals StartRoot 3 EndRoot minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction omega Superscript negative 1 Baseline period 2nd Row  StartFraction d theta Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 a squared Over 2 StartRoot x cubed EndRoot EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d omega Over d theta EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis 1 plus theta right parenthesis StartRoot 1 minus theta squared EndRoot EndFraction EndLayout (see example 5, p. 68); and StartFraction d phi Over d omega EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot omega squared EndFraction period

So that StartFraction d theta Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot times omega squared EndFraction times StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis 1 plus theta right parenthesis StartRoot 1 minus theta squared EndRoot EndFraction times StartFraction 3 a squared Over 2 StartRoot x cubed EndRoot EndFraction.

Replace now first omega, then theta by its value.


[Pg 74]

Exercises VII. You can now successfully try the following. (See page 256 for Answers.)

(1) If u equals one half x cubed semicolon v equals 3 left parenthesis u plus u squared right parenthesis semicolon and w equals StartFraction 1 Over v squared EndFraction, find StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction.

(2) If y equals 3 x squared plus StartRoot 2 EndRoot semicolon z equals StartRoot 1 plus y EndRoot semicolon and v equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 3 EndRoot plus 4 z EndFraction, find StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction.

(3) If y equals StartFraction x cubed Over StartRoot 3 EndRoot EndFraction semicolon z equals left parenthesis 1 plus y right parenthesis squared semicolon and u equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 1 plus z EndRoot EndFraction, find StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction.


[Pg 75]

CHAPTER X.
GEOMETRICAL MEANING OF DIFFERENTIATION.

IT is useful to consider what geometrical meaning can be given to the differential coefficient.

In the first place, any function of x, such, for example, as x squared, or StartRoot x EndRoot, or a x plus b, can be plotted as a curve; and nowadays every schoolboy is familiar with the process of curve-plotting.

A curve PR with point Q marked, showing increments dx horizontally and dy vertically — the fundamental diagram of differentiation, illustrating dy/dx as the slope of the curve at any point.

Fig. 7.

Let upper P upper Q upper R, in Fig. 7, be a portion of a curve plotted with respect to the axes of coordinates upper O upper X and upper O upper Y. Consider any point upper Q on this curve, where the abscissa of the point is x and its ordinate is y. Now observe how y changes when x is varied. If x is made to increase by a small increment d x, to the right, it will be observed that y also (in this particular curve) increases by[Pg 76] a small increment d y (because this particular curve happens to be an ascending curve). Then the ratio of d y to d x is a measure of the degree to which the curve is sloping up between the two points upper Q and upper T. As a matter of fact, it can be seen on the figure that the curve between upper Q and upper T has many different slopes, so that we cannot very well speak of the slope of the curve between upper Q and upper T. If, however, upper Q and upper T are so near each other that the small portion upper Q upper T of the curve is practically straight, then it is true to say that the ratio StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is the slope of the curve along upper Q upper T. The straight line upper Q upper T produced on either side touches the curve along the portion upper Q upper T only, and if this portion is indefinitely small, the straight line will touch the curve at practically one point only, and be therefore a tangent to the curve.

This tangent to the curve has evidently the same slope as upper Q upper T, so that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is the slope of the tangent to the curve at the point upper Q for which the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is found.

We have seen that the short expression "the slope of a curve" has no precise meaning, because a curve has so many slopes-in fact, every small portion of a curve has a different slope. "The slope of a curve at a point" is, however, a perfectly defined thing; it is the slope of a very small portion of the curve situated just at that point; and we have seen that this is the same as "the slope of the tangent to the curve at that point."

Observe that d x is a short step to the right, and d y the corresponding short step upwards. These steps must be considered as [Pg 77] short as possible—in fact indefinitely short,—though in diagrams we have to represent them by bits that are not infinitesimally small, otherwise they could not be seen.

We shall hereafter make considerable use of this circumstance that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction represents the slope of the curve at any point.

A rising curve with a small right-angle triangle at one point showing dx and dy — the tangent slope diagram in its simplest form, illustrating the ratio dy/dx as the gradient at that point.

Fig. 8.

If a curve is sloping up at 45 Superscript ring at a particular point, as in Fig. 8, d y and d x will be equal, and the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 1.

If the curve slopes up steeper than 45 Superscript ring (Fig. 9), StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be greater than 1.

If the curve slopes up very gently, as in Fig. 10, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be a fraction smaller than 1.

For a horizontal line, or a horizontal place in a curve, d y equals 0, and therefore StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.

If a curve slopes downward, as in Fig. 11, d y will be a step down, and must therefore be reckoned of negative value; hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will have negative sign also.

[Pg 78]

The same dx/dy slope triangle, now on a straight line rather than a curve — showing that for a linear function the gradient dy/dx is constant at every point.

Fig. 9.

Same slope triangle on a more gently rising curve — dy is smaller relative to dx here, showing a lesser gradient than the steeper curve in previous figure.

Fig. 10.

If the "curve" happens to be a straight line, like that in Fig. 12, the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be the same at all points along it. In other words its slope is constant.

If a curve is one that turns more upwards as it goes along to the right, the values of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will become greater and greater with the increasing steepness, as in Fig. 13.

A descending curve with point Q marked, showing dx and dy — here dy is negative as the curve falls, illustrating that the derivative is negative for a decreasing function.

Fig. 11.

If a curve is one that gets flatter and flatter as it goes along, the values of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will become smaller and smaller as the flatter part is reached, as in Fig. 14.

[Pg 79]

Three slope triangles at successive points along an accelerating curve — showing how dy grows larger relative to dx as the curve steepens, illustrating that the derivative increases along an upward-curving function.

Fig. 12.

Three identical slope triangles along a straight line — dy/dx stays constant at every point, confirming that a linear function has a uniform, unchanging gradient throughout.

Fig. 13.

If a curve first descends, and then goes up again, as in Fig. 15, presenting a concavity upwards, then clearly StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will first be negative, with diminishing values as the curve flattens, then will be zero at the point where the bottom of the trough of the curve is reached; and from this point onward StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will have positive values that go on increasing. In such a case y is said to pass by a minimum.

A flattening curve with successive slope triangles shrinking as the curve levels off — showing that dy decreases relative to dx as the gradient diminishes, illustrating a function with a decreasing derivative.

Fig. 14.

A U-shaped curve with slope triangles showing dy negative on the left, zero at the minimum, and positive on the right — illustrating how dy/dx = 0 identifies the minimum point y min. where the gradient changes sign.

Fig. 15.

The minimum value of y is not necessarily the smallest value of y, it is that value of y corresponding to the bottom of the trough; for instance, in Fig. 28 (p. 99), the value of y corresponding to the bottom of the trough is 1, while y takes [Pg 80]elsewhere values which are smaller than this. The characteristic of a minimum is that y must increase on either side of it.

N.B.—For the particular value of x that makes y a minimum, the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.

If a curve first ascends and then descends, the values of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be positive at first; then zero, as the summit is reached; then negative, as the curve slopes downwards, as in Fig. 16. In this case y is said to pass by a maximum, but the maximum value of y is not necessarily the greatest value of y. In Fig. 28, the maximum of y is 2 and one third, but this is by no means the greatest value y can have at some other point of the curve.

N.B.—For the particular value of x that makes y a maximum, the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.

If a curve has the peculiar form of Fig. 17, the values of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will always be positive; but there will be one particular place where the slope is least steep, where the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be a minimum; that is, less than it is at any other part of the curve.

[Pg 81]

An inverted U-shaped curve with slope triangles showing dy positive on the left, zero at the peak, and negative on the right — illustrating how dy/dx = 0 identifies the maximum point y max. where the gradient changes sign.

Fig. 16.

This diagram shows a curve's slope increasing from left to right. Three right triangles (rise/run = Δy/Δx) illustrate the derivative at different points — each bigger than the last, indicating the function is concave up.

Fig. 17.

If a curve has the form of Fig. 18, the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be negative in the upper part, and positive in the lower part; while at the nose of the curve where it becomes actually perpendicular, the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will be infinitely great.

A sideways curve (like x = f(y)) has two points with equal dy but different dx — showing the slope dx/dy varies along the curve. At point Q, the curve turns, illustrating how the same vertical step dy produces different horizontal steps dx depending on position.

Fig. 18.

Now that we understand that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction measures the steepness of a curve at any point, let us turn to some of the equations which we have already learned how to differentiate.

[Pg 82]

(1) As the simplest case take this:

y equals x plus b period

It is plotted out in Fig. 19, using equal scales for x and y. If we put x equals 0, then the corresponding ordinate will be y equals b; that is to say, the "curve" crosses the y-axis at the height b. From here it ascends at 45 Superscript ring; for whatever values we give to x to the right, we have an equal y to ascend. The line has a gradient of 1 in 1.

A straight line with y-intercept b shows a constant slope dy/dx everywhere. The single right triangle (dx, dy) confirms the derivative is uniform — this is the geometric picture of y = mx + b, where dy/dx = m at every point.

Fig. 19.

A straight line with y-intercept b and a gentle constant slope. The dashed horizontal line highlights b as the baseline, emphasizing the vertical shift — same concept as before, y = mx + b, but focusing on how b translates the line upward from the origin.

Fig. 20.

Now differentiate y equals x plus b, by the rules we have already learned (pp. 21 and 25 ante), and we get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 1.

The slope of the line is such that for every little step d x to the right, we go an equal little step d y upward. And this slope is constant-always the same slope.

(2) Take another case: y equals a x plus b period

[Pg 83]

We know that this curve, like the preceding one, will start from a height b on the y-axis. But before we draw the curve, let us find its slope by differentiating; which gives StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a. The slope will be constant, at an angle, the tangent of which is here called a. Let us assign to a some numerical value—say one third. Then we must give it such a slope that it ascends 1 in 3; or d x will be 3 times as great as d y; as magnified in Fig. 21. So, draw the line in Fig. 20 at this slope.

A diagonal line crosses a rectangle divided into 3 equal vertical strips by dashed lines — illustrating that a linear function covers equal Δy per equal Δx, confirming uniform slope. Each strip shows the same rise/run ratio, reinforcing constant derivative.

Fig. 21.

(3) Now for a slightly harder case.

Let y equals a x squared plus b period

Again the curve will start on the y-axis at a height b above the origin.

Now differentiate. [If you have forgotten, turn back to p. 25; or, rather, don't turn back, but think out the differentiation.]

StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 a x period

This shows that the steepness will not be constant: it increases as x increases. At the starting point upper P, where x equals 0, the curve (Fig. 22) has no steepness—that is, it is level. On the left of the origin, where x has negative values, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will also have negative values, or will descend from left to right, as in the Figure.

[Pg 84]

A parabola with y-intercept b shows three points P, Q, R with slope triangles — each larger than the last. Unlike the linear case, equal Δx steps yield growing Δy, confirming the derivative increases along a concave-up curve.

Fig. 22.

Let us illustrate this by working out a particular instance. Taking the equation y equals one fourth x squared plus 3 comma and differentiating it, we get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one half x period

Now assign a few successive values, say from 0 to 5, to x; and calculate the corresponding values of y by the first equation; and of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction from the second equation. Tabulating results, we have:

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 3 3 and one fourth 4 5 and one fourth 7 9 and one fourth
StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 0 one half 1 1 and one half 2 2 and one half

Then plot them out in two curves, Figs. 23 and 24, in Fig. 23 plotting the values of y against those of x and in Fig. 24 those of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction against those of x. For [Pg 85]any assigned value of x, the height of the ordinate in the second curve is proportional to the slope of the first curve.

The parabola y = ¼x² + 3 is graphed, with braces separating the two components at x = 5: b = 3 (vertical shift) and ¼x² = 6 (curved part). Dashed grid lines confirm the minimum at (0, 3) and symmetry about the y-axis.

Fig. 23.

The derivative of the previous parabola: dy/dx = ½x — a straight line through the origin. This confirms the constant b = 3 vanishes when differentiated, and the slope grows linearly, being zero at x = 0 (the parabola's minimum).

Fig. 24.

If a curve comes to a sudden cusp, as in Fig. 25, the slope at that point suddenly changes from a slope upward to a slope downward. In that case StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction will clearly undergo an abrupt change from a positive to a negative value.

A sharp cusp at the peak with a dashed axis of symmetry — this is y = −|x| shifted, or similar. The point is non-differentiable at the top: left slope is positive, right is negative, so the derivative is discontinuous there despite the function being continuous.

Fig. 25.

The following examples show further applications of the principles just explained.

[Pg 86]

(4) Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 x EndFraction plus 3 comma at the point where x equals negative 1. Find the angle which this tangent makes with the curve y equals 2 x squared plus 2.

The slope of the tangent is the slope of the curve at the point where they touch one another (see p. 76); that is, it is the StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction of the curve for that point. Here StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 x squared EndFraction and for x equals negative 1 comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals negative one half, which is the slope of the tangent and of the curve at that point. The tangent, being a straight line, has for equation y equals a x plus b, and its slope is StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a, hence a equals negative one half. Also if x equals negative 1 comma y equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 left parenthesis negative 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus 3 equals 2 and one half; and as the tangent passes by this point, the coordinates of the point must satisfy the equation of the tangent, namely y equals minus one half x plus b comma so that 2 and one half equals negative one half times left parenthesis negative 1 right parenthesis plus b and b equals 2; the equation of the tangent is therefore y equals minus one half x plus 2.

Now, when two curves meet, the intersection being a point common to both curves, its coordinates must satisfy the equation of each one of the two curves; that is, it must be a solution of the system of simultaneous equations formed by coupling together the equations of the curves. Here the curves meet one another at points given by the solution of StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row  y equals 2 x squared plus 2 comma 2nd Row  y equals minus one half x plus 2 or 2 x squared plus 2 equals minus one half x plus 2 semicolon EndLayout [Pg 87] that is, x left parenthesis 2 x plus one half right parenthesis equals 0

This equation has for its solutions x equals 0 and x equals negative one fourth. The slope of the curve y equals 2 x squared plus 2 at any point is StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 x period

For the point where x equals 0, this slope is zero; the curve is horizontal. For the point where x equals negative one fourth comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals negative 1 semicolon hence the curve at that point slopes downwards to the right at such an angle theta with the horizontal that tangent theta equals 1; that is, at 45 Superscript ring to the horizontal.

The slope of the straight line is negative one half; that is, it slopes downwards to the right and makes with the horizontal an angle phi such that tangent phi equals one half; that is, an angle of 26 Superscript ring Baseline 34 prime. It follows that at the first point the curve cuts the straight line at an angle of 26 Superscript ring Baseline 34 prime, while at the second it cuts it at an angle of 45 Superscript ring Baseline minus 26 Superscript ring Baseline 34 Superscript prime Baseline equals 18 Superscript ring Baseline 26 prime.

(5) A straight line is to be drawn, through a point whose coordinates are x equals 2 comma y equals negative 1, as tangent to the curve y equals x squared minus 5 x plus 6. Find the coordinates of the point of contact.

The slope of the tangent must be the same as the StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction of the curve; that is, 2 x minus 5.

The equation of the straight line is y equals a x plus b, and as it is satisfied for the values x equals 2 comma y equals negative 1, then negative 1 equals a times 2 plus b; also, its StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a equals 2 x minus 5.

The x and the y of the point of contact must also satisfy both the equation of the tangent and the equation of the curve.

[Pg 88]

We have then StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals x squared minus 5 x plus 6 comma 3rd Column left parenthesis i right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals a x plus b comma 3rd Column left parenthesis ii right parenthesis 3rd Row 1st Column negative 1 2nd Column equals 2 a plus b comma 3rd Column left parenthesis iii right parenthesis 4th Row 1st Column a 2nd Column equals 2 x minus 5 comma 3rd Column left parenthesis iv right parenthesis EndLayout four equations in a comma b comma x comma y.

Equations (i) and (ii) give x squared minus 5 x plus 6 equals a x plus b.

Replacing a and b by their value in this, we get x squared minus 5 x plus 6 equals left parenthesis 2 x minus 5 right parenthesis x minus 1 minus 2 left parenthesis 2 x minus 5 right parenthesis comma which simplifies to x squared minus 4 x plus 3 equals 0, the solutions of which are: x equals 3 and x equals 1. Replacing in (i), we get y equals 0 and y equals 2 respectively; the two points of contact are then x equals 1, y equals 2, and x equals 3, y equals 0.

Note.—In all exercises dealing with curves, students will find it extremely instructive to verify the deductions obtained by actually plotting the curves.


Exercises VIII. (See page 256 for Answers.)

(1) Plot the curve y equals three fourths x squared minus 5, using a scale of millimetres. Measure at points corresponding to different values of x, the angle of its slope.

Find, by differentiating the equation, the expression for slope; and see, from a Table of Natural Tangents, whether this agrees with the measured angle.

[Pg 89]

(2) Find what will be the slope of the curve

y equals 0.12 x cubed minus 2 comma at the particular point that has as abscissa x equals 2.

(3) If y equals left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus b right parenthesis, show that at the particular point of the curve where StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0 comma x will have the value one half left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis.

(4) Find the StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction of the equation y equals x cubed plus 3 x; and calculate the numerical values of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction for the points corresponding to x equals 0, x equals one half, x equals 1 comma x equals 2.

(5) In the curve to which the equation is x squared plus y squared equals 4, find the values of x at those points where the slope equals 1.

(6) Find the slope, at any point, of the curve whose equation is StartFraction x squared Over 3 squared EndFraction plus StartFraction y squared Over 2 squared EndFraction equals 1; and give the numerical value of the slope at the place where x equals 0, and at that where x equals 1.

(7) The equation of a tangent to the curve y equals 5 minus 2 x plus 0.5 x cubed, being of the form y equals m x plus n, where m and n are constants, find the value of m and n if the point where the tangent touches the curve has x equals 2 for abscissa.

(8) At what angle do the two curves y equals 3.5 x squared plus 2 and y equals x squared minus 5 x plus 9.5 cut one another?

(9) Tangents to the curve y equals plus or minus StartRoot 25 minus x squared EndRoot are drawn at points for which x equals 3 and x equals 4. Find the coordinates of the point of intersection of the tangents and their mutual inclination.

[Pg 90]

(10) A straight line y equals 2 x minus b touches a curve y equals 3 x squared plus 2 at one point. What are the coordinates of the point of contact, and what is the value of b?


[Pg 91]

CHAPTER XI.
MAXIMA AND MINIMA.

ONE of the principal uses of the process of differentiating is to find out under what conditions the value of the thing differentiated becomes a maximum, or a minimum. This is often exceedingly important in engineering questions, where it is most desirable to know what conditions will make the cost of working a minimum, or will make the efficiency a maximum.

Now, to begin with a concrete case, let us take the equation y equals x squared minus 4 x plus 7 period

By assigning a number of successive values to x, and finding the corresponding values of y, we can readily see that the equation represents a curve with a minimum.

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 7 4 3 4 7 12

These values are plotted in Fig. 26, which shows that y has apparently a minimum value of 3, when x is made equal to 2. But are you sure that the minimum occurs at 2, and not at 2 and one fourth or at 1 and three fourths?

[Pg 92]

A parabola with minimum at (2, 3), passing through (1, 4) and (3, 4) symmetrically, and (4, 7). Dashed lines confirm key coordinates, suggesting y = (x−2)² + 3 — a upward-opening parabola with vertex form clearly illustrated.

Fig. 26.

Of course it would be possible with any algebraic expression to work out a lot of values, and in this way arrive gradually at the particular value that may be a maximum or a minimum.

A downward parabola with maximum at (1.5, 2), crossing the x-axis near x = 0 and x = 3, and reaching y = −4 at x = −1 and x = 4. Suggests y = −x² + 3x or similar, with dashed lines marking key symmetric coordinates.

Fig. 27.

Here is another example:

Let y equals 3 x minus x squared period

[Pg 93]

Calculate a few values thus:

x -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y -4 0 2 2 0 -4 -10

Plot these values as in Fig. 27.

It will be evident that there will be a maximum somewhere between x equals 1 and x equals 2; and the thing looks as if the maximum value of y ought to be about 2 and one fourth. Try some intermediate values. If x equals 1 and one fourth comma y equals 2.187; if x equals 1 and one half comma y equals 2.25; if x equals 1.6 comma y equals 2.24. How can we be sure that 2.25 is the real maximum, or that it occurs exactly when x equals 1 and one half?

Now it may sound like juggling to be assured that there is a way by which one can arrive straight at a maximum (or minimum) value without making a lot of preliminary trials or guesses. And that way depends on differentiating. Look back to an earlier page (78) for the remarks about Figs. 14 and 15, and you will see that whenever a curve gets either to its maximum or to its minimum height, at that point its StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0. Now this gives us the clue to the dodge that is wanted. When there is put before you an equation, and you want to find that value of x that will make its y a minimum (or a maximum), first differentiate it, and having done so, write its StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction as equal to zero, and then solve for x. Put this particular value of x into the original equation, and you will then get the required value of y. This process is commonly called "equating to zero."

To see how simply it works, take the example with which this chapter opens, namely y equals x squared minus 4 x plus 7 period

[Pg 94]

Differentiating, we get: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x minus 4 period Now equate this to zero, thus: 2 x minus 4 equals 0 period Solving this equation for x, we get: StartLayout 1st Row  2 x equals 4 comma 2nd Row  x equals 2 period EndLayout

Now, we know that the maximum (or minimum) will occur exactly when x equals 2.

Putting the value x equals 2 into the original equation, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals 2 squared minus left parenthesis 4 times 2 right parenthesis plus 7 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 4 minus 8 plus 7 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 3 period EndLayout

Now look back at Fig. 26, and you will see that the minimum occurs when x equals 2, and that this minimum of y equals 3.

Try the second example (Fig. 24), which is y equals 3 x minus x squared period

Differentiating, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 minus 2 x.

Equating to zero, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column 3 minus 2 x 2nd Column equals 0 comma 2nd Row 1st Column whence x 2nd Column equals 1 and one half semicolon EndLayout [Pg 95] and putting this value of x into the original equation, we find: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column y equals 4 and one half minus left parenthesis 1 and one half times 1 and one half right parenthesis comma 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column y equals 2 and one fourth period EndLayout This gives us exactly the information as to which the method of trying a lot of values left us uncertain.

Now, before we go on to any further cases, we have two remarks to make. When you are told to equate StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction to zero, you feel at first (that is if you have any wits of your own) a kind of resentment, because you know that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction has all sorts of different values at different parts of the curve, according to whether it is sloping up or down. So, when you are suddenly told to write StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0 comma you resent it, and feel inclined to say that it can't be true. Now you will have to understand the essential difference between "an equation," and "an equation of condition." Ordinarily you are dealing with equations that are true in themselves, but, on occasions, of which the present are examples, you have to write down equations that are not necessarily true, but are only true if certain conditions are to be fulfilled; and you write them down in order, by solving them, to find the conditions which make them true. Now we want to find the particular value that x has when the curve is neither sloping up nor sloping down, that is, at the particular place where StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0. So, writing StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0 does not mean that it always is equals 0; but you write it down as a condition in order to see how much x will come out if StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is to be zero.

[Pg 96]

The second remark is one which (if you have any wits of your own) you will probably have already made: namely, that this much-belauded process of equating to zero entirely fails to tell you whether the x that you thereby find is going to give you a maximum value of y or a minimum value of y. Quite so. It does not of itself discriminate; it finds for you the right value of x but leaves you to find out for yourselves whether the corresponding y is a maximum or a minimum. Of course, if you have plotted the curve, you know already which it will be.

For instance, take the equation: y equals 4 x plus StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction period

Without stopping to think what curve it corresponds to, differentiate it, and equate to zero: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 minus x Superscript negative 2 Baseline equals 4 minus StartFraction 1 Over x squared EndFraction equals 0 semicolon whence x equals one half semicolon and, inserting this value, y equals 4 will be either a maximum or else a minimum. But which? You will hereafter be told a way, depending upon a second differentiation, (see Chap. XII., p. 109). But at present it is enough if you will simply try any other value of x differing a little from the one found, and see whether with this altered value the corresponding value of y is less or greater than that already found.

[Pg 97]

Try another simple problem in maxima and minima. Suppose you were asked to divide any number into two parts, such that the product was a maximum? How would you set about it if you did not know the trick of equating to zero? I suppose you could worry it out by the rule of try, try, try again. Let 60 be the number. You can try cutting it into two parts, and multiplying them together. Thus, 50 times 10 is 500; 52 times 8 is 416; 40 times 20 is 800; 45 times 15 is 675; 30 times 30 is 900. This looks like a maximum: try varying it. 31 times 29 is 899, which is not so good; and 32 times 28 is 896, which is worse. So it seems that the biggest product will be got by dividing into two equal halves.

Now see what the calculus tells you. Let the number to be cut into two parts be called n. Then if x is one part, the other will be n minus x, and the product will be x left parenthesis n minus x right parenthesis or n x minus x squared. So we write y equals n x minus x squared. Now differentiate and equate to zero; StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals n minus 2 x equals 0 Solving for x, we get StartFraction n Over 2 EndFraction equals x.

So now we know that whatever number n may be, we must divide it into two equal parts if the product of the parts is to be a maximum; and the value of that maximum product will always be equals one fourth n squared.

This is a very useful rule, and applies to any number of factors, so that if m plus n plus p equals a constant number, m times n times p is a maximum when m equals n equals p.

[Pg 98]

Test Case.

Let us at once apply our knowledge to a case that we can test.

Let y equals x squared minus x semicolon and let us find whether this function has a maximum or minimum; and if so, test whether it is a maximum or a minimum.

Differentiating, we get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x minus 1 period

Equating to zero, we get 2 x minus 1 equals 0 comma whence 2 x equals 1 comma or x equals one half period

That is to say, when x is made equals one half, the corresponding value of y will be either a maximum or a minimum. Accordingly, putting x equals one half in the original equation, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis one half right parenthesis squared minus one half comma 2nd Row 1st Column or y 2nd Column equals negative one fourth period EndLayout

Is this a maximum or a minimum? To test it, try putting x a little bigger than one half,—say make x equals 0.6. Then y equals left parenthesis 0.6 right parenthesis squared minus 0.6 equals 0.36 minus 0.6 equals negative 0.24 comma which is higher up than -0.25; showing that y equals negative 0.25 is a minimum.

Plot the curve for yourself, and verify the calculation.

[Pg 99]

Further Examples.

A most interesting example is afforded by a curve that has both a maximum and a minimum. Its equation is: y equals one third x cubed minus 2 x squared plus 3 x plus 1 period Now StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x squared minus 4 x plus 3 period

A cubic curve with a local max near (1, 2.3) and local min near (3, 1), rising steeply for negative x and again after x = 4. Dashed lines mark key points, suggesting y = x³ − 3x² + 3x + 1 or similar — illustrating a cubic's two turning points and inflection behavior.

Fig. 28.

Equating to zero, we get the quadratic, x squared minus 4 x plus 3 equals 0 semicolon and solving the quadratic gives us two roots, viz. StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row  x equals 3 2nd Row  x equals 1 period EndLayout

[Pg 100]

Now, when x equals 3 comma y equals 1; and when x equals 1 comma y equals 2 and one third. The first of these is a minimum, the second a maximum.

The curve itself may be plotted (as in Fig. 28) from the values calculated, as below, from the original equation.

x -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y negative 4 and one third 1 2 and one third 1 and two thirds 1 2 and one third 7 and two thirds 19

A further exercise in maxima and minima is afforded by the following example:

The equation to a circle of radius r, having its centre upper C at the point whose coordinates are x equals a comma y equals b, as depicted in Fig. 29, is: left parenthesis y minus b right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared equals r squared period

A circle with center C, radius r, offset from the origin. Braces show: a = horizontal distance to the right edge, x = distance to center, b and y = vertical measurements. Illustrates the standard equation (x−a)² + (y−b)² = r² with geometric labeling of each parameter.

Fig. 29.

This may be transformed into y equals StartRoot r squared minus left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared EndRoot plus b period

[Pg 101]

Now we know beforehand, by mere inspection of the figure, that when x equals a, y will be either at its maximum value, b plus r, or else at its minimum value, b minus r. But let us not take advantage of this knowledge; let us set about finding what value of x will make y a maximum or a minimum, by the process of differentiating and equating to zero. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one half StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot r squared minus left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared EndRoot EndFraction times left parenthesis 2 a minus 2 x right parenthesis comma which reduces to StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a minus x Over StartRoot r squared minus left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Then the condition for y being maximum or minimum is: StartFraction a minus x Over StartRoot r squared minus left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared EndRoot EndFraction equals 0 period

Since no value whatever of x will make the denominator infinite, the only condition to give zero is x equals a period

Inserting this value in the original equation for the circle, we find y equals StartRoot r squared EndRoot plus b semicolon and as the root of r squared is either plus r or negative r, we have two resulting values of y, StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row  y equals b plus r 2nd Row  y equals b minus r period EndLayout

[Pg 102]

The first of these is the maximum, at the top; the second the minimum, at the bottom.

If the curve is such that there is no place that is a maximum or minimum, the process of equating to zero will yield an impossible result. For instance:

Let y equals a x cubed plus b x plus c period

Then StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 a x squared plus b period

Equating this to zero, we get 3 a x squared plus b equals 0, x squared equals StartFraction negative b Over 3 a EndFraction comma and x equals StartRoot StartFraction negative b Over 3 a EndFraction EndRoot comma which is impossible period Therefore y has no maximum nor minimum.

A few more worked examples will enable you to thoroughly master this most interesting and useful application of the calculus.

(1) What are the sides of the rectangle of maximum area inscribed in a circle of radius upper R?

If one side be called x, the other side equals StartRoot left parenthesis diagonal right parenthesis squared minus x squared EndRoot semicolon and as the diagonal of the rectangle is necessarily a diameter, the other side equals StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot.

Then, area of rectangle upper S equals x StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot, StartFraction d upper S Over d x EndFraction equals x times StartFraction d left parenthesis StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction plus StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot times StartFraction d left parenthesis x right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction period

If you have forgotten how to differentiate StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot, here is a hint: write 4 upper R squared minus x squared equals w and y equals StartRoot w EndRoot, and seek StartFraction d y Over d w EndFraction and StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction; fight it out, and only if you can't get on refer to page 66.

[Pg 103]

You will get StartFraction d upper S Over d x EndFraction equals x times minus StartFraction x Over StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction plus StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot equals StartFraction 4 upper R squared minus 2 x squared Over StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction period

For maximum or minimum we must have StartFraction 4 upper R squared minus 2 x squared Over StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction equals 0 semicolon that is, 4 upper R squared minus 2 x squared equals 0 and x equals upper R StartRoot 2 EndRoot.

The other side equals StartRoot 4 upper R squared minus 2 upper R squared EndRoot equals upper R StartRoot 2 EndRoot; the two sides are equal; the figure is a square the side of which is equal to the diagonal of the square constructed on the radius. In this case it is, of course, a maximum with which we are dealing.

(2) What is the radius of the opening of a conical vessel the sloping side of which has a length l when the capacity of the vessel is greatest?

If upper R be the radius and upper H the corresponding height, upper H equals StartRoot l squared minus upper R squared EndRoot. Volume upper V equals pi upper R squared times StartFraction upper H Over 3 EndFraction equals pi upper R squared times StartFraction StartRoot l squared minus upper R squared EndRoot Over 3 EndFraction period

Proceeding as in the previous problem, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d upper V Over d upper R EndFraction 2nd Column equals pi upper R squared times minus StartFraction upper R Over 3 StartRoot l squared minus upper R squared EndRoot EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 pi upper R Over 3 EndFraction StartRoot l squared minus upper R squared EndRoot 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 2 pi upper R left parenthesis l squared minus upper R squared right parenthesis minus pi upper R cubed Over 3 StartRoot l squared minus upper R squared EndRoot EndFraction equals 0 EndLayout for maximum or minimum.

Or, 2 pi upper R left parenthesis l squared minus upper R squared right parenthesis minus pi upper R squared equals 0, and upper R equals l StartRoot two thirds EndRoot, for a maximum, obviously.

(3) Find the maxima and minima of the function y equals StartFraction x Over 4 minus x EndFraction plus StartFraction 4 minus x Over x EndFraction period

[Pg 104]

We get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction left parenthesis 4 minus x right parenthesis minus left parenthesis negative x right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 4 minus x right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction negative x minus left parenthesis 4 minus x right parenthesis Over x squared EndFraction equals 0 for maximum or minimum; or StartFraction 4 Over left parenthesis 4 minus x right parenthesis squared EndFraction minus StartFraction 4 Over x squared EndFraction equals 0 and x equals 2 period

There is only one value, hence only one maximum or minimum. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column For 2nd Column x equals 2 comma 3rd Column y equals 2 comma 2nd Row 1st Column for 2nd Column x equals 1.5 comma 3rd Column y equals 2.27 comma 3rd Row 1st Column for 2nd Column x equals 2.5 comma 3rd Column y equals 2.27 semicolon EndLayout it is therefore a minimum. (It is instructive to plot the graph of the function.)

(4) Find the maxima and minima of the function y equals StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot plus StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot. (It will be found instructive to plot the graph.)

Differentiating gives at once (see example No. 1, p. 67) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot EndFraction equals 0 for maximum or minimum.

Hence StartRoot 1 plus x EndRoot equals StartRoot 1 minus x EndRoot and x equals 0, the only solution. For x equals 0 comma y equals 2.

For x equals plus or minus 0.5 comma y equals 1.932, so this is a maximum.

(5) Find the maxima and minima of the function y equals StartFraction x squared minus 5 Over 2 x minus 4 EndFraction period

[Pg 105]

We have StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction left parenthesis 2 x minus 4 right parenthesis times 2 x minus left parenthesis x squared minus 5 right parenthesis 2 Over left parenthesis 2 x minus 4 right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals 0 for maximum or minimum; or StartFraction 2 x squared minus 8 x plus 10 Over left parenthesis 2 x minus 4 right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals 0 semicolon or x squared minus 4 x plus 5 equals 0; which has for solutions x equals five halves plus or minus StartRoot negative 1 EndRoot period

These being imaginary, there is no real value of x for which StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0; hence there is neither maximum nor minimum.

(6) Find the maxima and minima of the function left parenthesis y minus x squared right parenthesis squared equals x Superscript 5 Baseline period

This may be written y equals x squared plus or minus x Superscript five halves. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x plus or minus five halves x Superscript three halves Baseline equals 0 for maximum or minimum semicolon that is, x left parenthesis 2 plus or minus five halves x Superscript one half Baseline right parenthesis equals 0, which is satisfied for x equals 0, and for 2 plus or minus five halves x Superscript one half Baseline equals 0, that is for x equals StartFraction 16 Over 25 EndFraction. So there are two solutions.

Taking first x equals 0. If x equals negative 0.5 comma y equals 0.25 plus or minus RootIndex 2 StartRoot minus left parenthesis .5 right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot, and if x equals plus 0.5 comma y equals 0.25 plus or minus RootIndex 2 StartRoot left parenthesis .5 right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot. On one side y is imaginary; that is, there is no value of y that can be represented by a graph; the latter is therefore entirely on the right side of the axis of y (see Fig. 30).

On plotting the graph it will be found that the curve goes to the origin, as if there were a minimum there; but instead of continuing beyond, as it should do for a minimum, it retraces its steps (forming [Pg 106] what is called a "cusp"). There is no minimum, therefore, although the condition for a minimum is satisfied, namely StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0. It is necessary therefore always to check by taking one value on either side.

Two curves on [0,1]: one rises steeply (likely y = xⁿ type or derivative), one rises then falls to zero at x = 1 (like y = x(1−x)). Illustrates a function and its derivative, or two related functions — the bell-shaped curve peaks near x = 0.6, while the other diverges upward.

Fig. 30.

Now, if we take x equals StartFraction 16 Over 25 EndFraction equals 0.64. If x equals 0.64 comma y equals 0.7373 and y equals 0.0819; if x equals 0.6, y becomes 0.6389 and 0.0811; and if x equals 0.7, y becomes 0.8996 and 0.0804.

This shows that there are two branches of the curve; the upper one does not pass through a maximum, but the lower one does.

(7) A cylinder whose height is twice the radius of the base is increasing in volume, so that all its parts keep always in the same proportion to each other; that is, at any instant, the cylinder is similar to the original cylinder. When the radius of the base is r feet, the surface area is increasing at the rate of 20 square inches per second; at what rate is its volume then increasing? [Pg 107] StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Area 2nd Column equals upper S equals 2 left parenthesis pi r squared right parenthesis plus 2 pi r times 2 r equals 6 pi r squared period 2nd Row 1st Column Volume 2nd Column equals upper V equals pi r squared times 2 r equals 2 pi r cubed period 3rd Row 1st Column StartFraction d upper S Over d r EndFraction 2nd Column equals 12 pi r comma StartFraction d upper V Over d r EndFraction equals 6 pi r squared comma 4th Row 1st Column d upper S 2nd Column equals 12 pi r d r equals 20 comma d r equals StartFraction 20 Over 12 pi r EndFraction comma 5th Row 1st Column d upper V 2nd Column equals 6 pi r squared d r equals 6 pi r squared times StartFraction 20 Over 12 pi r EndFraction equals 10 r period EndLayout

The volume changes at the rate of 10 r cubic inches.


Make other examples for yourself. There are few subjects which offer such a wealth for interesting examples.


Exercises IX. (See page 257 for Answers.)

(1) What values of x will make y a maximum and a minimum, if y equals StartFraction x squared Over x plus 1 EndFraction?

(2) What value of x will make y a maximum in the equation y equals StartFraction x Over a squared plus x squared EndFraction?

(3) A line of length p is to be cut up into 4 parts and put together as a rectangle. Show that the area of the rectangle will be a maximum if each of its sides is equal to one fourth p.

(4) A piece of string 30 inches long has its two ends joined together and is stretched by 3 pegs so as to form a triangle. What is the largest triangular area that can be enclosed by the string?

[Pg 108]

(5) Plot the curve corresponding to the equation y equals StartFraction 10 Over x EndFraction plus StartFraction 10 Over 8 minus x EndFraction semicolon also find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction, and deduce the value of x that will make y a minimum; and find that minimum value of y.

(6) If y equals x Superscript 5 Baseline minus 5 x, find what values of x will make y a maximum or a minimum.

(7) What is the smallest square that can be inscribed in a given square?

(8) Inscribe in a given cone, the height of which is equal to the radius of the base, a cylinder (a whose volume is a maximum; (b) whose lateral area is a maximum; (c) whose total area is a maximum.

(9) Inscribe in a sphere, a cylinder (a) whose volume is a maximum; (b) whose lateral area is a maximum; (c) whose total area is a maximum.

(10) A spherical balloon is increasing in volume. If, when its radius is r feet, its volume is increasing at the rate of 4 cubic feet per second, at what rate is its surface then increasing?

(11) Inscribe in a given sphere a cone whose volume is a maximum.

(12) The current upper C given by a battery of upper N similar voltaic cells is upper C equals StartStartFraction n times upper E OverOver upper R plus StartFraction r n squared Over upper N EndFraction EndEndFraction, where upper E comma upper R comma r, are constants and n is the number of cells coupled in series. Find the proportion of n to upper N for which the current is greatest.


[Pg 109]

CHAPTER XII.
Curvature of curves.

RETURNING to the process of successive differentiation, it may be asked: Why does anybody want to differentiate twice over? We know that when the variable quantities are space and time, by differentiating twice over we get the acceleration of a moving body, and that in the geometrical interpretation, as applied to curves, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction means the slope of the curve. But what can StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction mean in this case? Clearly it means the rate (per unit of length x) at which the slope is changing-in brief, it is a measure of the curvature of the slope.

A staircase approximation below a straight line, with equal Δx steps but constant Δy per step — showing a lower Riemann sum or Euler's method approximation. Each step undershoots the line, illustrating how discrete steps accumulate error beneath a linear function.

Fig. 31.

Same staircase idea but under a concave-up curve — each step's height is taken at the left endpoint, so the staircase consistently undershoots the curve. Illustrates a left Riemann sum (or Euler's method) accumulating increasing error as the slope grows.

Fig. 32.

Suppose a slope constant, as in Fig. 31.

[Pg 110]

Here, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is of constant value.

Suppose, however, a case in which, like Fig. 32, the slope itself is getting greater upwards, then StartStartFraction d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction right parenthesis OverOver d x EndEndFraction, that is, StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction, will be positive.

If the slope is becoming less as you go to the right (as in Fig. 14, p. 80), or as in Fig. 33, then, even though the curve may be going upward, since the change is such as to diminish its slope, its StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction will be negative.

A staircase overshoots a concave-up (now concave-down) curve — each step's height is taken at the left endpoint, which lies above the curve ahead. Illustrates a left Riemann sum overestimating when the function is decreasing in slope (concave-down).

Fig. 33.

It is now time to initiate you into another secret-how to tell whether the result that you get by "equating to zero" is a maximum or a minimum. The trick is this: After you have differentiated (so as to get the expression which you equate to zero), you then differentiate a second time, and look whether the result of the second differentiation is positive or negative. If StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction comes out positive, then you know that the value of y which you got was a minimum; but if StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction comes out negative, then the value of y which you got must be a maximum. That's the rule.

[Pg 111]

The reason of it ought to be quite evident. Think of any curve that has a minimum point in it (like Fig. 15, p. 80), or like Fig. 34, where the point of minimum y is marked upper M, and the curve is concave upwards. To the left of upper M the slope is downward, that is, negative, and is getting less negative. To the right of upper M the slope has become upward, and is getting more and more upward. Clearly the change of slope as the curve passes through upper M is such that StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction is positive, for its operation, as x increases toward the right, is to convert a downward slope into an upward one.

A concave-up curve with minimum at point M, where arrows show the slope going from negative (left) to positive (right). Labels x and y min. mark the location — illustrating that dy/dx = 0 at M, the classic condition for a minimum turning point.

Fig. 34.

Mirror of the previous: a concave-down curve with maximum at M, arrows showing slope positive (left) to negative (right). Labels x and y max. confirm that dy/dx = 0 at M — the condition for a maximum turning point.

Fig. 35.

Similarly, consider any curve that has a maximum point in it (like Fig. 16, p. 81), or like Fig. 35, where the curve is convex, and the maximum point is marked upper M. In this case, as the curve passes through upper M from left to right, its upward slope is converted into a downward or negative slope, so that in this case the "slope of the slope" StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction is negative.

Go back now to the examples of the last chapter and verify in this [Pg 112] way the conclusions arrived at as to whether in any particular case there is a maximum or a minimum. You will find below a few worked out examples.


(1) Find the maximum or minimum of

(a) y equals 4 x squared minus 9 x minus 6;

(b) y equals 6 plus 9 x minus 4 x squared;

and ascertain if it be a maximum or a minimum in each case.

(a) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 8 x minus 9 equals 0 semicolon x equals 1 and one eighth, and y equals negative 11.065 period

StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals 8; it is +; hence it is a minimum.

(b) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 9 minus 8 x equals 0 semicolon x equals 1 and one eighth semicolon and y equals plus 11.065. StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals negative 8 semicolon it is minus semicolon hence it is a maximum.

(2) Find the maxima and minima of the function y equals x cubed minus 3 x plus 16. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 x squared minus 3 equals 0 semicolon x squared equals 1 semicolon and x equals plus or minus 1 period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals 6 x semicolon for x equals 1 semicolon it is plus semicolon EndLayout hence x equals 1 corresponds to a minimum y equals 14. For x equals negative 1 it is -; hence x equals negative 1 corresponds to a maximum y equals plus 18.

(3) Find the maxima and minima of y equals StartFraction x minus 1 Over x squared plus 2 EndFraction. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis times 1 minus left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis times 2 x Over left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x minus x squared plus 2 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals 0 semicolon [Pg 113] or x squared minus 2 x minus 2 equals 0, whose solutions are x equals plus 2.73 and x equals negative 0.73. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis squared times left parenthesis 2 x minus 2 right parenthesis minus left parenthesis x squared minus 2 x minus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis 4 x cubed plus 8 x right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction 2 x Superscript 5 Baseline minus 6 x Superscript 4 Baseline minus 8 x cubed minus 8 x squared minus 24 x plus 8 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction period EndLayout

The denominator is always positive, so it is sufficient to ascertain the sign of the numerator.

If we put x equals 2.73, the numerator is negative; the maximum, y equals 0.183.

If we put x equals negative 0.73, the numerator is positive; the minimum, y equals negative 0.683.

(4) The expense upper C of handling the products of a certain factory varies with the weekly output upper P according to the relation upper C equals a upper P plus StartFraction b Over c plus upper P EndFraction plus d, where a comma b comma c comma d are positive constants. For what output will the expense be least? StartFraction d upper C Over d upper P EndFraction equals a minus StartFraction b Over left parenthesis c plus upper P right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals 0 for maximum or minimum semicolon hence a equals StartFraction b Over left parenthesis c plus upper P right parenthesis squared EndFraction and upper P equals plus or minus StartRoot StartFraction b Over a EndFraction EndRoot minus c.

As the output cannot be negative, upper P equals plus StartRoot StartFraction b Over a EndFraction EndRoot minus c.

Now StartFraction d squared upper C Over d upper P squared EndFraction equals plus StartFraction b left parenthesis 2 c plus 2 upper P right parenthesis Over left parenthesis c plus upper P right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction comma which is positive for all the values of upper P; hence upper P equals plus StartRoot StartFraction b Over a EndFraction EndRoot minus c corresponds to a minimum.

[Pg 114]

(5) The total cost per hour upper C of lighting a building with upper N lamps of a certain kind is upper C equals upper N left parenthesis StartFraction upper C Subscript l Baseline Over t EndFraction plus StartFraction upper E upper P upper C Subscript e Baseline Over 1000 EndFraction right parenthesis where upper E is the commercial efficiency (watts per candle), StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper P is the candle power of each lamp comma 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column t is the average life of each lamp in hours comma 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper C Subscript l Baseline equals cost of renewal in pence per hour of use comma 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper C Subscript e Baseline equals cost of energy per 1000 watts per hour period EndLayout

Moreover, the relation connecting the average life of a lamp with the commercial efficiency at which it is run is approximately t equals m upper E Superscript n, where m and n are constants depending on the kind of lamp.

Find the commercial efficiency for which the total cost of lighting will be least.

We have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column upper C 2nd Column equals upper N left parenthesis StartFraction upper C Subscript l Baseline Over m EndFraction upper E Superscript negative n Baseline plus StartFraction upper P upper C Subscript e Baseline Over 1000 EndFraction upper E right parenthesis comma 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d upper C Over d upper E EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction upper P upper C Subscript e Baseline Over 1000 EndFraction minus StartFraction n upper C Subscript l Baseline Over m EndFraction upper E Superscript minus left parenthesis n plus 1 right parenthesis Baseline equals 0 EndLayout for maximum or minimum. upper E Superscript n plus 1 Baseline equals StartFraction 1000 times n upper C Subscript l Baseline Over m upper P upper C Subscript e Baseline EndFraction and upper E equals RootIndex n plus 1 StartRoot StartFraction 1000 times n upper C Subscript l Baseline Over m upper P upper C Subscript e Baseline EndFraction EndRoot period

This is clearly for minimum, since StartFraction d squared upper C Over d upper E squared EndFraction equals left parenthesis n plus 1 right parenthesis StartFraction n upper C Subscript l Baseline Over m EndFraction upper E Superscript minus left parenthesis n plus 2 right parenthesis Baseline comma [Pg 115] which is positive for a positive value of upper E.

For a particular type of 16 candle-power lamps, upper C Subscript l Baseline equals 17 pence, upper C Subscript e Baseline equals 5 pence; and it was found that m equals 10 and n equals 3.6. upper E equals RootIndex 4.6 StartRoot StartFraction 1000 times 3.6 times 17 Over 10 times 16 times 5 EndFraction EndRoot equals 2.6 watts per candle hyphen power period


Exercises X. (You are advised to plot the graph of any numerical example.) (See p. 258 for the Answers.)

(1) Find the maxima and minima of y equals x cubed plus x squared minus 10 x plus 8 period

(2) Given y equals StartFraction b Over a EndFraction x minus c x squared, find expressions for StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction, and for StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction, also find the value of x which makes y a maximum or a minimum, and show whether it is maximum or minimum.

(3) Find how many maxima and how many minima there are in the curve, the equation to which is y equals 1 minus StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 24 EndFraction semicolon and how many in that of which the equation is y equals 1 minus StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 24 EndFraction minus StartFraction x Superscript 6 Baseline Over 720 EndFraction period

(4) Find the maxima and minima of y equals 2 x plus 1 plus StartFraction 5 Over x squared EndFraction period

[Pg 116]

(5) Find the maxima and minima of y equals StartFraction 3 Over x squared plus x plus 1 EndFraction period

(6) Find the maxima and minima of y equals StartFraction 5 x Over 2 plus x squared EndFraction period

(7) Find the maxima and minima of y equals StartFraction 3 x Over x squared minus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction plus 5 period

(8) Divide a number upper N into two parts in such a way that three times the square of one part plus twice the square of the other part shall be a minimum.

(9) The efficiency u of an electric generator at different values of output x is expressed by the general equation: u equals StartFraction x Over a plus b x plus c x squared EndFraction semicolon where a is a constant depending chiefly on the energy losses in the iron and c a constant depending chiefly on the resistance of the copper parts. Find an expression for that value of the output at which the efficiency will be a maximum.

(10) Suppose it to be known that consumption of coal by a certain steamer may be represented by the formula y equals 0.3 plus 0.001 v cubed; where y is the number of tons of coal burned per hour and v is the speed expressed in nautical miles per hour. The cost of wages, interest on capital, and depreciation of that ship are together equal, per hour, to the cost of 1 ton of coal. What speed will make the total cost [Pg 117] of a voyage of 1000 nautical miles a minimum? And, if coal costs 10 shillings per ton, what will that minimum cost of the voyage amount to?

(11) Find the maxima and minima of y equals plus or minus StartFraction x Over 6 EndFraction StartRoot x left parenthesis 10 minus x right parenthesis EndRoot period

(12) Find the maxima and minima of y equals 4 x cubed minus x squared minus 2 x plus 1 period


[Pg 118]

CHAPTER XIII.
OTHER USEFUL DODGES.

Partial Fractions.

WE have seen that when we differentiate a fraction we have to perform a rather complicated operation; and, if the fraction is not itself a simple one, the result is bound to be a complicated expression. If we could split the fraction into two or more simpler fractions such that their sum is equivalent to the original fraction, we could then proceed by differentiating each of these simpler expressions. And the result of differentiating would be the sum of two (or more) differentials, each one of which is relatively simple; while the final expression, though of course it will be the same as that which could be obtained without resorting to this dodge, is thus obtained with much less effort and appears in a simplified form.

Let us see how to reach this result. Try first the job of adding two fractions together to form a resultant fraction. Take, for example, the two fractions StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction and StartFraction 2 Over x minus 1 EndFraction. Every schoolboy can add these together and find their sum to be StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction. And in the same way he can add together three or more fractions. Now this process can certainly be reversed: that is to say, that if this last expression were given, it is [Pg 119] certain that it can somehow be split back again into its original components or partial fractions. Only we do not know in every case that may be presented to us how we can so split it. In order to find this out we shall consider a simple case at first. But it is important to bear in mind that all which follows applies only to what are called "proper" algebraic fractions, meaning fractions like the above, which have the numerator of a lesser degree than the denominator; that is, those in which the highest index of x is less in the numerator than in the denominator. If we have to deal with such an expression as StartFraction x squared plus 2 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction, we can simplify it by division, since it is equivalent to 1 plus StartFraction 3 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction; and StartFraction 3 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction is a proper algebraic fraction to which the operation of splitting into partial fractions can be applied, as explained hereafter.

Case I. If we perform many additions of two or more fractions the denominators of which contain only terms in x, and no terms in x squared, x cubed, or any other powers of x, we always find that the denominator of the final resulting fraction is the product of the denominators of the fractions which were added to form the result. It follows that by factorizing the denominator of this final fraction, we can find every one of the denominators of the partial fractions of which we are in search.

Suppose we wish to go back from StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction to the components which we know are StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction and StartFraction 2 Over x minus 1 EndFraction. If we did not know what those components were we can still prepare the way by writing: StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction Over x minus 1 EndFraction comma leaving blank the places for the numerators until we know what to put [Pg 120] there. We always may assume the sign between the partial fractions to be plus, since, if it be minus, we shall simply find the corresponding numerator to be negative. Now, since the partial fractions are proper fractions, the numerators are mere numbers without x at all, and we can call them upper A comma upper B comma upper C ellipsis as we please. So, in this case, we have: StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over x squared minus 1 EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper B Over x minus 1 EndFraction period

If now we perform the addition of these two partial fractions, we get StartFraction upper A left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction; and this must be equal to StartFraction 3 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction. And, as the denominators in these two expressions are the same, the numerators must be equal, giving us: 3 x plus 1 equals upper A left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis period

Now, this is an equation with two unknown quantities, and it would seem that we need another equation before we can solve them and find upper A and upper B. But there is another way out of this difficulty. The equation must be true for all values of x; therefore it must be true for such values of x as will cause x minus 1 and x plus 1 to become zero, that is for x equals 1 and for x equals negative 1 respectively. If we make x equals 1, we get 4 equals left parenthesis upper A times 0 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper B times 2 right parenthesis, so that upper B equals 2; and if we make x equals negative 1, we get negative 2 equals left parenthesis upper A times negative 2 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper B times 0 right parenthesis, so that upper A equals 1. Replacing the upper A and upper B of the partial fractions by these new values, we find them to become StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction and StartFraction 2 Over x minus 1 EndFraction; and the thing is done.

As a farther example, let us take the fraction StartFraction 4 x squared plus 2 x minus 14 Over x cubed plus 3 x squared minus x minus 3 EndFraction. The denominator becomes zero when x is given the value 1; hence x minus 1 is a factor of it, and obviously then the other factor will be x squared plus 4 x plus 3; and this can again be decomposed into [Pg 121] left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis. So we may write the fraction thus: StartFraction 4 x squared plus 2 x minus 14 Over x cubed plus 3 x squared minus x minus 3 EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper B Over x minus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C Over x plus 3 EndFraction comma making three partial factors.

Proceeding as before, we find 4 x squared plus 2 x minus 14 equals upper A left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis plus upper C left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis period

Now, if we make x equals 1, we get: negative 8 equals left parenthesis upper A times 0 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis 2 times 4 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper C times 0 right parenthesis semicolon that is comma upper B equals negative 1 period

If x equals negative 1, we get: negative 12 equals upper A left parenthesis negative 2 times 2 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper B times 0 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper C times 0 right parenthesis semicolon whence upper A equals 3 period

If x equals negative 3, we get: 16 equals left parenthesis upper A times 0 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper B times 0 right parenthesis plus upper C left parenthesis negative 2 times negative 4 right parenthesis semicolon whence upper C equals 2 period

So then the partial fractions are: StartFraction 3 Over x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 Over x plus 3 EndFraction comma which is far easier to differentiate with respect to x than the complicated expression from which it is derived.

[Pg 122]

Case II. If some of the factors of the denominator contain terms in x squared, and are not conveniently put into factors, then the corresponding numerator may contain a term in x, as well as a simple number; and hence it becomes necessary to represent this unknown numerator not by the symbol upper A but by upper A x plus upper B; the rest of the calculation being made as before.

Try, for instance: StartFraction minus x squared minus 3 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction minus x squared minus 3 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A x plus upper B Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C Over x plus 1 EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row  minus x squared minus 3 equals left parenthesis upper A x plus upper B right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis period EndLayout

Putting x equals negative 1, we get negative 4 equals upper C times 2; and upper C equals negative 2; hence minus x squared minus 3 equals left parenthesis upper A x plus upper B right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis minus 2 x squared minus 2 semicolon and x squared minus 1 equals upper A x left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis period

Putting x equals 0, we get negative 1 equals upper B; hence x squared minus 1 equals upper A x left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis minus x minus 1 semicolon or x squared plus x equals upper A x left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis semicolon and x plus 1 equals upper A left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis comma so that upper A equals 1, and the partial fractions are: StartFraction x minus 1 Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over x plus 1 EndFraction period

Take as another example the fraction StartFraction x cubed minus 2 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction period

[Pg 123]

We get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction x cubed minus 2 Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction upper A x plus upper B Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C x plus upper D Over x squared plus 2 EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction left parenthesis upper A x plus upper B right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper C x plus upper D right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction period EndLayout

In this case the determination of upper A comma upper B comma upper C comma upper D is not so easy. It will be simpler to proceed as follows: Since the given fraction and the fraction found by adding the partial fractions are equal, and have identical denominators, the numerators must also be identically the same. In such a case, and for such algebraical expressions as those with which we are dealing here, the coefficients of the same powers of x are equal and of same sign.

Hence, since StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column x cubed minus 2 2nd Column equals left parenthesis upper A x plus upper B right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 2 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper C x plus upper D right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus 1 right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left parenthesis upper A plus upper C right parenthesis x cubed plus left parenthesis upper B plus upper D right parenthesis x squared plus left parenthesis 2 upper A plus upper C right parenthesis x plus 2 upper B plus upper D comma EndLayout we have 1 equals upper A plus upper C semicolon 0 equals upper B plus upper D (the coefficient of x squared in the left expression being zero); 0 equals 2 upper A plus upper C; and negative 2 equals 2 upper B plus upper D. Here are four equations, from which we readily obtain upper A equals negative 1 semicolon upper B equals negative 2 semicolon upper C equals 2; upper D equals 0; so that the partial fractions are StartFraction 2 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis Over x squared plus 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction x plus 2 Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction. This method can always be used; but the method shown first will be found the quickest in the case of factors in x only.

Case III. When, among the factors of the denominator there are some which are raised to some power, one must allow for the possible existence of partial fractions having for denominator the several powers of that factor up to the highest. For instance, in splitting [Pg 124] the fraction StartFraction 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction we must allow for the possible existence of a denominator x plus 1 as well as left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared and left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis.

It maybe thought, however, that, since the numerator of the fraction the denominator of which is left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared may contain terms in x, we must allow for this in writing upper A x plus upper B for its numerator, so that StartFraction 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A x plus upper B Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper D Over x minus 2 EndFraction period

If, however, we try to find upper A comma upper B comma upper C and upper D in this case, we fail, because we get four unknowns; and we have only three relations connecting them, yet StartFraction 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction x minus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction period

But if we write StartFraction 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction upper B Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C Over x minus 2 EndFraction comma we get 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 equals upper A left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis plus upper C left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared comma which gives upper C equals 1 for x equals 2. Replacing upper C by its value, transposing, gathering like terms and dividing by x minus 2, we get minus 2 x equals upper A plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis, which gives upper A equals negative 2 for x equals negative 1. Replacing upper A by its value, we get 2 x equals negative 2 plus upper B left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis period

Hence upper B equals 2; so that the partial fractions are: StartFraction 2 Over x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction comma [Pg 125] instead of StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction x minus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction stated above as being the fractions from which StartFraction 3 x squared minus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction was obtained. The mystery is cleared if we observe that StartFraction x minus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction can itself be split into the two fractions StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction, so that the three fractions given are really equivalent to StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 Over x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction comma which are the partial fractions obtained.

We see that it is sufficient to allow for one numerical term in each numerator, and that we always get the ultimate partial fractions.

When there is a power of a factor of x squared in the denominator, however, the corresponding numerators must be of the form upper A x plus upper B; for example, StartFraction 3 x minus 1 Over left parenthesis 2 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A x plus upper B Over left parenthesis 2 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction upper C x plus upper D Over 2 x squared minus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction upper E Over x plus 1 EndFraction comma which gives 3 x minus 1 equals left parenthesis upper A x plus upper B right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper C x plus upper D right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis 2 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper E left parenthesis 2 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis squared.

For x equals negative 1, this gives upper E equals negative 4. Replacing, transposing, collecting like terms, and dividing by x plus 1, we get 16 x cubed minus 16 x squared plus 3 equals 2 upper C x cubed plus 2 upper D x squared plus x left parenthesis upper A minus upper C right parenthesis plus left parenthesis upper B minus upper D right parenthesis period

Hence 2 upper C equals 16 and upper C equals 8 semicolon 2 upper D equals negative 16 and upper D equals negative 8 semicolon upper A minus upper C equals 0 or upper A minus 8 equals 0 and upper A equals 8, and finally, upper B minus upper D equals 3 or upper B equals negative 5. So that we obtain as the partial fractions: StartFraction left parenthesis 8 x minus 5 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 2 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 8 left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis Over 2 x squared minus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 4 Over x plus 1 EndFraction period

[Pg 126]

It is useful to check the results obtained. The simplest way is to replace x by a single value, say +1, both in the given expression and in the partial fractions obtained.

Whenever the denominator contains but a power of a single factor, a very quick method is as follows:

Taking, for example, StartFraction 4 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction, let x plus 1 equals z; then x equals z minus 1.

Replacing, we get StartFraction 4 left parenthesis z minus 1 right parenthesis plus 1 Over z cubed EndFraction equals StartFraction 4 z minus 3 Over z cubed EndFraction equals StartFraction 4 Over z squared EndFraction minus StartFraction 3 Over z cubed EndFraction period

The partial fractions are, therefore, StartFraction 4 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction minus StartFraction 3 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction period

Application to differentiation. Let it be required to differentiate y equals StartFraction 5 minus 4 x Over 6 x squared plus 7 x minus 3 EndFraction; we have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction left parenthesis 6 x squared plus 7 x minus 3 right parenthesis times 4 plus left parenthesis 5 minus 4 x right parenthesis left parenthesis 12 x plus 7 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 6 x squared plus 7 x minus 3 right parenthesis squared EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 24 x squared minus 60 x minus 23 Over left parenthesis 6 x squared plus 7 x minus 3 right parenthesis squared EndFraction period EndLayout

If we split the given expression into StartFraction 1 Over 3 x minus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 2 Over 2 x plus 3 EndFraction comma we get, however, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 Over left parenthesis 3 x minus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 4 Over left parenthesis 2 x plus 3 right parenthesis squared EndFraction comma [Pg 127] which is really the same result as above split into partial fractions. But the splitting, if done after differentiating, is more complicated, as will easily be seen. When we shall deal with the integration of such expressions, we shall find the splitting into partial fractions a precious auxiliary (see p. 228).


Exercises XI. (See page 259 for Answers.)

Split into fractions:

(1) StartFraction 3 x plus 5 Over left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 4 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(2) StartFraction 3 x minus 4 Over left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(3) StartFraction 3 x plus 5 Over x squared plus x minus 12 EndFraction.

(4) StartFraction x plus 1 Over x squared minus 7 x plus 12 EndFraction.

(5) StartFraction x minus 8 Over left parenthesis 2 x plus 3 right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(6) StartFraction x squared minus 13 x plus 26 Over left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 4 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(7) StartFraction x squared minus 3 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(8) StartFraction 5 x squared plus 7 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis 2 x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(9) StartFraction x squared Over x cubed minus 1 EndFraction.

(10) StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline plus 1 Over x cubed plus 1 EndFraction.

(11) StartFraction 5 x squared plus 6 x plus 4 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(12) StartFraction x Over left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(13) StartFraction x Over left parenthesis x squared minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(14) StartFraction x plus 3 Over left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis squared left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

[Pg 128]

(15) StartFraction 3 x squared plus 2 x plus 1 Over left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis x squared plus x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(16) StartFraction 5 x squared plus 8 x minus 12 Over left parenthesis x plus 4 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction.

(17) StartFraction 7 x squared plus 9 x minus 1 Over left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction.

(18) StartFraction x squared Over left parenthesis x cubed minus 8 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction.

Differential of an Inverse Function.

Consider the function (see p. 13) y equals 3 x; it can be expressed in the form x equals StartFraction y Over 3 EndFraction; this latter form is called the inverse function to the one originally given.

If y equals 3 x comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3; if x equals StartFraction y Over 3 EndFraction comma StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals one third, and we see that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction or StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction times StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals 1 period

Consider y equals 4 x squared comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 8 x; the inverse function is x equals StartFraction y Superscript one half Baseline Over 2 EndFraction comma and StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 4 StartRoot y EndRoot EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 4 times 2 x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 8 x EndFraction period

Here again StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction times StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals 1 period

It can be shown that for all functions which can be put into the inverse form, one can always write StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction times StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals 1 or StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction period

[Pg 129]

It follows that, being given a function, if it be easier to differentiate the inverse function, this may be done, and the reciprocal of the differential coefficient of the inverse function gives the differential coefficient of the given function itself.

As an example, suppose that we wish to differentiate y equals RootIndex 2 StartRoot StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1 EndRoot. We have seen one way of doing this, by writing u equals StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1, and finding StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction and StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction. This gives StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 Over 2 x squared StartRoot StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1 EndRoot EndFraction period

If we had forgotten how to proceed by this method, or wished to check our result by some other way of obtaining the differential coefficient, or for any other reason we could not use the ordinary method, we can proceed as follows: The inverse function is x equals StartFraction 3 Over 1 plus y squared EndFraction. StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 times 2 y Over left parenthesis 1 plus y squared right parenthesis squared EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 6 y Over left parenthesis 1 plus y squared right parenthesis squared EndFraction semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction equals minus StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus y squared right parenthesis squared Over 6 y EndFraction equals minus StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1 right parenthesis squared Over 6 times RootIndex 2 StartRoot StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1 EndRoot EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 3 Over 2 x squared StartRoot StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction minus 1 EndRoot EndFraction period

Let us take as an other example y equals StartFraction 1 Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot theta plus 5 EndRoot EndFraction.

The inverse function is theta equals StartFraction 1 Over y cubed EndFraction minus 5 or theta equals y Superscript negative 3 Baseline minus 5, and StartFraction d theta Over d y EndFraction equals minus 3 y Superscript negative 4 Baseline equals minus 3 RootIndex 3 StartRoot left parenthesis theta plus 5 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndRoot period

[Pg 130]

It follows that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 3 StartRoot left parenthesis theta plus 5 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction, as might have been found otherwise.

We shall find this dodge most useful later on; meanwhile you are advised to become familiar with it by verifying by its means the results obtained in Exercises I. (p. 24), Nos. 5, 6, 7; Examples (p. 67), Nos. 1, 2, 4; and Exercises VI. (p. 72), Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4.


You will surely realize from this chapter and the preceding, that in many respects the calculus is an art rather than a science: an art only to be acquired, as all other arts are, by practice. Hence you should work many examples, and set yourself other examples, to see if you can work them out, until the various artifices become familiar by use.


[Pg 131]

CHAPTER XIV.
ON TRUE COMPOUND INTEREST AND THE LAW OF ORGANIC GROWTH.

LET there be a quantity growing in such a way that the increment of its growth, during a given time, shall always be proportional to its own magnitude. This resembles the process of reckoning interest on money at some fixed rate; for the bigger the capital, the bigger the amount of interest on it in a given time.

Now we must distinguish clearly between two cases, in our calculation, according as the calculation is made by what the arithmetic books call "simple interest," or by what they call "compound interest." For in the former case the capital remains fixed, while in the latter the interest is added to the capital, which therefore increases by successive additions.

(1) At simple interest. Consider a concrete case. Let the capital at start be pound sign 100, and let the rate of interest be 10 per cent. per annum. Then the increment to the owner of the capital will be pound sign 10 every year. Let him go on drawing his interest every year, and hoard it by putting it by in a stocking, or locking it up in his safe. Then, if he goes on for 10 years, by the end of that time he will have received 10 increments of pound sign 10 each, or pound sign 100, making, with the original pound sign 100, a total of pound sign 200 in all. His property will have doubled itself in 10 years. If the rate of interest had been 5 per cent., he would have had to hoard for 20 years to double his property. If it had been only 2 per cent., he would have had to hoard for 50 years. It is easy to see[Pg 132] that if the value of the yearly interest is StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction of the capital, he must go on hoarding for n years in order to double his property.

Or, if y be the original capital, and the yearly interest is StartFraction y Over n EndFraction, then, at the end of n years, his property will be y plus n StartFraction y Over n EndFraction equals 2 y period

(2) At compound interest. As before, let the owner begin with a capital of pound sign 100, earning interest at the rate of 10 per cent. per annum; but, instead of hoarding the interest, let it be added to the capital each year, so that the capital grows year by year. Then, at the end of one year, the capital will have grown to pound sign 110; and in the second year (still at 10 percent sign ) this will earn pound sign 11 interest. He will start the third year with pound sign 121, and the interest on that will be pound sign 12.2 s.; so that he starts the fourth year with pound sign 133.2 s., and so on. It is easy to work it out, and find that at the end of the ten years the total capital will have grown to pound sign 259 period 7 s period 6 d period. In fact, we see that at the end of each year, each pound will have earned one tenth of a pound, and therefore, if this is always added on, each year multiplies the capital by StartFraction 11 Over 10 EndFraction; and if continued for ten years (which will multiply by this factor ten times over) will multiply the original capital by 2.59374. Let us put this into symbols. Put y 0 for the original capital; StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction for the fraction added on at each of the n [Pg 133] operations; and y Subscript n for the value of the capital at the end of the n Superscript th operation. Then y Subscript n Baseline equals y 0 left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n Baseline period

But this mode of reckoning compound interest once a year, is really not quite fair; for even during the first year the pound sign 100 ought to have been growing. At the end of half a year it ought to have been at least pound sign 105, and it certainly would have been fairer had the interest for the second half of the year been calculated on pound sign 105. This would be equivalent to calling it 5 percent sign per half-year; with 20 operations, therefore, at each of which the capital is multiplied by StartFraction 21 Over 20 EndFraction. If reckoned this way, by the end of ten years the capital would have grown to pound sign 265 period 6 s period 7 d period; for left parenthesis 1 plus one twentieth right parenthesis Superscript 20 Baseline equals 2.653 period

But, even so, the process is still not quite fair; for, by the end of the first month, there will be some interest earned; and a half-yearly reckoning assumes that the capital remains stationary for six months at a time. Suppose we divided the year into 10 parts, and reckon a one-percent. interest for each tenth of the year. We now have 100 operations lasting over the ten years; or y Subscript n Baseline equals pound sign 100 left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 100 Baseline semicolon which works out to pound sign 270 period 9 s period 7 and one half d period.

Even this is not final. Let the ten years be divided into 1000 periods, each of StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction of a year; the interest being one tenth per cent. for each such period; then y Subscript n Baseline equals pound sign 100 left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 1000 Baseline semicolon [Pg 134] which works out to pound sign 271 period 13 s period 10 d period.

Go even more minutely, and divide the ten years into 10,000 parts, each StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction of a year, with interest at StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction of 1 per cent. Then y Subscript n Baseline equals pound sign 100 left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 10 comma 000 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 10 comma 000 Baseline semicolon which amounts to pound sign 271 period 16 s period 3 and one half d period.

Finally, it will be seen that what we are trying to find is in reality the ultimate value of the expression left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n, which, as we see, is greater than 2; and which, as we take n larger and larger, grows closer and closer to a particular limiting value. However big you make n, the value of this expression grows nearer and nearer to the figure 2.71828 ellipsis a number never to be forgotten.

Let us take geometrical illustrations of these things. In Fig. 36, upper O upper P stands for the original value. upper O upper T is the whole time during which the value is growing. It is divided into 10 periods, in each of which there is an equal step up. Here StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is a constant; and if each step up is one tenth of the original upper O upper P, then, by 10 such steps, the height is doubled. If we had taken 20 steps, each of half the height shown, at the end the height would still be just doubled. Or n such steps, each of StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction of the original height upper O upper P, would suffice to double the height. This is the case of simple interest. Here is 1 growing till it becomes 2.

A straight line from P (0,1) to U (T, 3), with dashed grid lines across 9 equal intervals. Braces show starting value = 1 and total rise = 2 over the interval, illustrating uniform growth — likely modeling linear interpolation or constant-rate accumulation from 1 to 3.

Fig. 36.

In Fig. 37, we have the corresponding illustration of the geometrical progression. Each of the successive ordinates is to be 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction, that is, StartFraction n plus 1 Over n EndFraction times as high as its predecessor. The steps up are not equal,[Pg 135] because each step up is now StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction of the ordinate at that part of the curve. If we had literally 10 steps, with left parenthesis 1 plus one tenth right parenthesis for the multiplying factor, the final total would be left parenthesis 1 plus one tenth right parenthesis Superscript 10 or 2.594 times the original 1. But if only we take n sufficiently large (and the corresponding StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction sufficiently small), then the final value left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n to which unity will grow will be 2.71828.

A staircase approximation of an exponential curve from P (0,1) to U, ending at 2.7182 = e. Each step multiplies by a constant factor, showing how discrete compounding converges to continuous growth eˣ — a geometric illustration of Euler's number emerging from repeated multiplication.

Fig. 37.

Epsilon. To this mysterious number 2.7182818 etc., the mathematicians have assigned as a symbol the Greek letter epsilon [Pg 136] (pronounced epsilon). All schoolboys know that the Greek letter pi (called pi) stands for 3.141592 etc.; but how many of them know that epsilon means 2.71828? Yet it is an even more important number than pi!

What, then, is epsilon?

Suppose we were to let 1 grow at simple interest till it became 2; then, if at the same nominal rate of interest, and for the same time, we were to let 1 grow at true compound interest, instead of simple, it would grow to the value epsilon.

This process of growing proportionately, at every instant, to the magnitude at that instant, some people call a logarithmic rate of growing. Unit logarithmic rate of growth is that rate which in unit time will cause 1 to grow to 2.718281. It might also be called the organic rate of growing: because it is characteristic of organic growth (in certain circumstances) that the increment of the organism in a given time is proportional to the magnitude of the organism itself.

If we take 100 per cent. as the unit of rate, and any fixed period as the unit of time, then the result of letting 1 grow arithmetically at unit rate, for unit time, will be 2, while the result of letting 1 grow logarithmically at unit rate, for the same time, will be 2.71828 ellipsis.

A little more about Epsilon. We have seen that we require to know what value is reached by the expression left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n, when n becomes indefinitely great. Arithmetically, here are tabulated a lot of values (which anybody can calculate out by the help of an ordinary table of logarithms) got by assuming n equals 2 semicolon n equals 5 semicolon n equals 10 semicolon and so on, up to [Pg 137] n equals 10 comma 000. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus one half right parenthesis squared 2nd Column equals 2.25 period 2nd Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus one fifth right parenthesis Superscript 5 2nd Column equals 2.489 period 3rd Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus one tenth right parenthesis Superscript 10 2nd Column equals 2.594 period 4th Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus one twentieth right parenthesis Superscript 20 2nd Column equals 2.653 period 5th Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 100 2nd Column equals 2.704 period 6th Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 1000 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 1000 2nd Column equals 2.7171 period 7th Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 10 comma 000 EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript 10 comma 000 2nd Column equals 2.7182 period EndLayout

It is, however, worth while to find another way of calculating this immensely important figure.

Accordingly, we will avail ourselves of the binomial theorem, and expand the expression left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n in that well-known way.

The binomial theorem gives the rule that StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis Superscript n Baseline equals a Superscript n Baseline 2nd Column plus n StartFraction a Superscript n minus 1 Baseline b Over 1 factorial EndFraction plus n left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis StartFraction a Superscript n minus 2 Baseline b squared Over 2 factorial EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column plus n left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 2 right parenthesis StartFraction a Superscript n minus 3 Baseline b cubed Over 3 factorial EndFraction plus etc period EndLayout

Putting a equals 1 and b equals StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n Baseline equals 1 plus 1 2nd Column plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 factorial EndFraction left parenthesis StartFraction n minus 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis plus StartFraction 1 Over 3 factorial EndFraction StartFraction left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 2 right parenthesis Over n squared EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column plus StartFraction 1 Over 4 factorial EndFraction StartFraction left parenthesis n minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis n minus 3 right parenthesis Over n cubed EndFraction plus etc period EndLayout

[Pg 138]

Now, if we suppose n to become indefinitely great, say a billion, or a billion billions, then n minus 1 comma n minus 2, and n minus 3, etc., will all be sensibly equal to n; and then the series becomes epsilon equals 1 plus 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 factorial EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 3 factorial EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 4 factorial EndFraction plus etc period ellipsis

By taking this rapidly convergent series to as many terms as we please, we can work out the sum to any desired point of accuracy. Here is the working for ten terms:

StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column 1.000000 2nd Row 1st Column dividing by 1 2nd Column 1.000000 3rd Row 1st Column dividing by 2 2nd Column 0.500000 4th Row 1st Column dividing by 3 2nd Column 0.166667 5th Row 1st Column dividing by 4 2nd Column 0.041667 6th Row 1st Column dividing by 5 2nd Column 0.008333 7th Row 1st Column dividing by 6 2nd Column 0.001389 8th Row 1st Column dividing by 7 2nd Column 0.000198 9th Row 1st Column dividing by 8 2nd Column 0.000025 10th Row 1st Column dividing by 9 2nd Column ModifyingBelow 0.000002 With quotation dash 11th Row 1st Column Total 2nd Column ModifyingBelow 2.718281 With quotation dash EndLayout

epsilon is incommensurable with 1, and resembles pi in being an interminable non-recurrent decimal.

The Exponential Series. We shall have need of yet another series.

Let us, again making use of the binomial theorem, expand the expression left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n x, which is the same as epsilon Superscript x when we make n indefinitely great.

[Pg 139]

StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column epsilon Superscript x Baseline equals 2nd Column 1 Superscript n x Baseline plus n x StartStartFraction 1 Superscript n x minus 1 Baseline left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis OverOver 1 factorial EndEndFraction plus n x left parenthesis n x minus 1 right parenthesis StartFraction 1 Superscript n x minus 2 Baseline left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis squared Over 2 factorial EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column plus n x left parenthesis n x minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis n x minus 2 right parenthesis StartFraction 1 Superscript n x minus 3 Baseline left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis cubed Over 3 factorial EndFraction plus etc period 3rd Row 1st Column equals 2nd Column 1 plus x plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 factorial EndFraction dot StartFraction n squared x squared minus n x Over n squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 3 factorial EndFraction dot StartFraction n cubed x cubed minus 3 n squared x squared plus 2 n x Over n cubed EndFraction plus etc period 4th Row 1st Column equals 2nd Column 1 plus x plus StartStartFraction x squared minus StartFraction x Over n EndFraction OverOver 2 factorial EndEndFraction plus StartStartFraction x cubed minus StartFraction 3 x squared Over n EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 x Over n squared EndFraction OverOver 3 factorial EndEndFraction plus etc period EndLayout

But, when n is made indefinitely great, this simplifies down to the following: epsilon Superscript x Baseline equals 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 2 factorial EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 3 factorial EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 4 factorial EndFraction plus etc period period period period

This series is called the exponential series.

The great reason why epsilon is regarded of importance is that epsilon Superscript x possesses a property, not possessed by any other function of x, that when you differentiate it its value remains unchanged; or, in other words, its differential coefficient is the same as itself. This can be instantly seen by differentiating it with respect to x, thus: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d left parenthesis epsilon Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction equals 0 plus 1 plus StartFraction 2 x Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction 3 x squared Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction 2nd Column plus StartFraction 4 x cubed Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column plus StartFraction 5 x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 dot 5 EndFraction plus etc period 3rd Row 1st Column or equals 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction 2nd Column plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction plus etc period EndLayout which is exactly the same as the original series.

[Pg 140]

Now we might have gone to work the other way, and said: Go to; let us find a function of x, such that its differential coefficient is the same as itself. Or, is there any expression, involving only powers of x, which is unchanged by differentiation? Accordingly; let us assume as a general expression that y equals upper A plus upper B x plus upper C x squared plus upper D x cubed plus upper E x Superscript 4 Baseline plus etc period comma (in which the coefficients upper A comma upper B comma upper C, etc. will have to be determined), and differentiate it. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals upper B plus 2 upper C x plus 3 upper D x squared plus 4 upper E x cubed plus etc period

Now, if this new expression is really to be the same as that from which it was derived, it is clear that upper A must equals upper B; that upper C equals StartFraction upper B Over 2 EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction; that upper D equals StartFraction upper C Over 3 EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction; that upper E equals StartFraction upper D Over 4 EndFraction equals StartFraction upper A Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction, etc.

The law of change is therefore that y equals upper A left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction x Over 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction plus etc period right parenthesis period

If, now, we take upper A equals 1 for the sake of further simplicity, we have y equals 1 plus StartFraction x Over 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction plus etc period

Differentiating it any number of times will give always the same series over again.

If, now, we take the particular case of upper A equals 1, and evaluate the [Pg 141] series, we shall get simply StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column when x equals 1 comma 2nd Column y equals 2.718281 etc period semicolon 3rd Column that is comma y equals epsilon semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column when x equals 2 comma 2nd Column y equals left parenthesis 2.718281 etc period right parenthesis squared semicolon 3rd Column that is comma y equals epsilon squared semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column when x equals 3 comma 2nd Column y equals left parenthesis 2.718281 etc period right parenthesis cubed semicolon 3rd Column that is comma y equals epsilon cubed semicolon EndLayout and therefore when x equals x comma y equals left parenthesis 2.718281 etc period right parenthesis Superscript x Baseline semicolon that is comma y equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline comma thus finally demonstrating that epsilon Superscript x Baseline equals 1 plus StartFraction x Over 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 dot 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 1 dot 2 dot 3 dot 4 EndFraction plus etc period

[Note.—How to read exponentials. For the benefit of those who have no tutor at hand it may be of use to state that epsilon Superscript x is read as "epsilon to the eksth power;" or some people read it "exponential eks." So epsilon Superscript p t is read "epsilon to the pee-teeth-power" or "exponential pee tee." Take some similar expressions:—Thus, epsilon Superscript negative 2 is read "epsilon to the minus two power" or "exponential minus two." epsilon Superscript minus a x is read "epsilon to the minus ay-eksth" or "exponential minus ay-eks."]

Of course it follows that epsilon Superscript y remains unchanged if differentiated with respect to y. Also epsilon Superscript a x, which is equal to left parenthesis epsilon Superscript a Baseline right parenthesis Superscript x, will, when differentiated with respect to x, be a epsilon Superscript a x, because a is a constant.

Natural or Naperian Logarithms.

Another reason why epsilon is important is because it was made by Napier, the inventor of logarithms, the basis of his system. If y [Pg 142] is the value of epsilon Superscript x, then x is the logarithm, to the base epsilon, of y. Or, if then StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column y equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline comma 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column x equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline y period EndLayout

The two curves plotted in Figs. 38 and 39 represent these equations.

The points calculated are:

{For Fig. 38

x 0 0.5 1 1.5 2
y 1 1.65 2.71 4.50 7.69

{For Fig. 39

x 1 2 3 4 8
y 0 0.69 1.10 1.39 2.08
The exponential y = eˣ plotted with dashed lines marking key values: (0,1), (0.5, 1.65), (1, 2.72), (1.5, 4.48), (2, 7.39) — confirming e⁰=1 and successive multiplications by √e, visually showing the curve's ever-increasing slope matching its value.

Fig. 39.

The same exponential curve but expressed as x = logₑ y (i.e. x = ln y), with axes effectively swapped in interpretation. Dashed grid confirms equal x-steps yield growing y-jumps — the inverse perspective of y = eˣ, highlighting the logarithm as the inverse of the exponential.

Fig. 38.

It will be seen that, though the calculations yield different points for plotting, yet the result is identical. The two equations really mean the same thing.

[Pg 143]

As many persons who use ordinary logarithms, which are calculated to base 10 instead of base epsilon, are unfamiliar with the "natural" logarithms, it may be worth while to say a word about them. The ordinary rule that adding logarithms gives the logarithm of the product still holds good; or log Subscript epsilon Baseline a plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline b equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline a b period

Also the rule of powers holds good; n times log Subscript epsilon Baseline a equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline a Superscript n Baseline period

But as 10 is no longer the basis, one cannot multiply by 100 or 1000 by merely adding 2 or 3 to the index. One can change the natural logarithm to the ordinary logarithm simply by multiplying it by 0.4343; or StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript 10 Baseline x 2nd Column equals 0.4343 times log Subscript epsilon Baseline x 2nd Row 1st Column and conversely comma log Subscript epsilon Baseline x 2nd Column equals 2.3026 times log Subscript 10 Baseline x EndLayout

Exponential and Logarithmic Equations.

Now let us try our hands at differentiating certain expressions that contain logarithms or exponentials.

Take the equation: y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x First transform this into epsilon Superscript y Baseline equals x whence, since the differential of epsilon Superscript y with regard to y is the original function unchanged (see p. 139), StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript y Baseline comma

[Pg 144]

A USEFUL TABLE OF "NAPERIAN LOGARITHMS"
(Also called Natural Logarithms or Hyperbolic Logarithms)

Number log Subscript epsilon Number log Subscript epsilon
1 0.0000 6 1.7918
1.1 0.0953 7 1.9459
1.2 0.1823 8 2.0794
1.5 0.4055 9 2.1972
1.7 0.5306 10 2.3026
2.0 0.6931 20 2.9957
2.2 0.7885 50 3.9120
2.5 0.9163 100 4.6052
2.7 0.9933 200 5.2983
2.8 1.0296 500 6.2146
3.0 1.0986 1,000 6.9078
3.5 1.2528 2,000 7.6009
4.0 1.3863 5,000 8.5172
4.5 1.5041 10,000 9.2103
5.0 1.6094 20,000 9.9035

[Pg 145]

and, reverting from the inverse to the original function, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over epsilon Superscript y Baseline EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction period

Now this is a very curious result. It may be written StartFraction d left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction equals x Superscript negative 1 Baseline period

Note that x Superscript negative 1 is a result that we could never have got by the rule for differentiating powers. That rule (page 24) is to multiply by the power, and reduce the power by 1. Thus, differentiating x cubed gave us 3 x squared; and differentiating x squared gave 2 x Superscript 1. But differentiating x Superscript 0 does not give us x Superscript negative 1 or 0 times x Superscript negative 1, because x Superscript 0 is itself equals 1, and is a constant. We shall have to come back to this curious fact that differentiating log Subscript epsilon Baseline x gives us StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction when we reach the chapter on integrating.


Now, try to differentiate y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis comma that is epsilon Superscript y Baseline equals x plus a semicolon we have StartFraction d left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis Over d y EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript y, since the differential of epsilon Superscript y remains epsilon Superscript y. This gives StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript y Baseline equals x plus a semicolon hence, reverting to the original function (see p. 128), we get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over x plus a EndFraction period


[Pg 146]

Next try y equals log Subscript 10 Baseline x period

First change to natural logarithms by multiplying by the modulus 0.4343. This gives us StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals 0.4343 log Subscript epsilon Baseline x semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column whence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 0.4343 Over x EndFraction period EndLayout


The next thing is not quite so simple. Try this: y equals a Superscript x Baseline period

Taking the logarithm of both sides, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals x log Subscript epsilon Baseline a comma 2nd Row 1st Column or x equals StartFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline y Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction times log Subscript epsilon Baseline y period EndLayout

Since StartFraction 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction is a constant, we get StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction times StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over a Superscript x Baseline times log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction semicolon hence, reverting to the original function. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction equals a Superscript x Baseline times log Subscript epsilon Baseline a period

[Pg 147]

We see that, since StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction times StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 1 and StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction times StartFraction 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction comma StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction times StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline a period

We shall find that whenever we have an expression such as log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals a function of x, we always have StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals the differential coefficient of the function of x, so that we could have written at once, from log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals x log Subscript epsilon Baseline a, StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline a and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a Superscript x Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a period


Let us now attempt further examples.

Examples.

(1) y equals epsilon Superscript minus a x. Let minus a x equals z; then y equals epsilon Superscript z. StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript z Baseline semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals negative a semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus a epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline period

Or thus: log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals minus a x semicolon StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals negative a semicolon StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus a y equals minus a epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline period

(2) y equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction x squared Over 3 EndFraction. Let StartFraction x squared Over 3 EndFraction equals z; then y equals epsilon Superscript z. StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript z Baseline semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over 3 EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over 3 EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction x squared Over 3 EndFraction Baseline period

Or thus: log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals StartFraction x squared Over 3 EndFraction semicolon StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over 3 EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over 3 EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction x squared Over 3 EndFraction Baseline period

[Pg 148]

(3) y equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction 2 x Over x plus 1 EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals StartFraction 2 x Over x plus 1 EndFraction comma StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis minus 2 x Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction 2 x Over x plus 1 EndFraction Baseline period EndLayout

Check by writing StartFraction 2 x Over x plus 1 EndFraction equals z.

(4) y equals epsilon Superscript StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot Baseline period log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half. StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x times epsilon Superscript StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot Baseline Over left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction period

For if left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline equals u and x squared plus a equals v comma u equals v Superscript one half, StartFraction d u Over d v EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 v Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x semicolon StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline EndFraction period

Check by writing StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot equals z.

(5) y equals log left parenthesis a plus x cubed right parenthesis. Let left parenthesis a plus x cubed right parenthesis equals z; then y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline z. StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over z EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals 3 x squared semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 x squared Over a plus x cubed EndFraction period

(6) y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left brace 3 x squared plus StartRoot a plus x squared EndRoot right brace. Let 3 x squared plus StartRoot a plus x squared EndRoot equals z; then y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline z. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over z EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals 6 x plus StartFraction x Over StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 6 x plus StartFraction x Over StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot EndFraction OverOver 3 x squared plus StartRoot a plus x squared EndRoot EndEndFraction equals StartFraction x left parenthesis 1 plus 6 StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 3 x squared plus StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot right parenthesis period StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot EndFraction EndLayout

[Pg 149]

(7) y equals left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis squared StartRoot x minus 2 EndRoot. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals 2 log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis plus one half log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis squared StartRoot x minus 2 EndRoot left brace StartFraction 2 Over x plus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction right brace period EndLayout

(8) y equals left parenthesis x squared plus 3 right parenthesis cubed left parenthesis x cubed minus 2 right parenthesis Superscript two thirds. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals 3 log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x squared plus 3 right parenthesis plus two thirds log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x cubed minus 2 right parenthesis semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 3 StartFraction 2 x Over left parenthesis x squared plus 3 right parenthesis EndFraction plus two thirds StartFraction 3 x squared Over x cubed minus 2 EndFraction equals StartFraction 6 x Over x squared plus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 x squared Over x cubed minus 2 EndFraction period EndLayout

For if y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x squared plus 3 right parenthesis, let x squared plus 3 equals z and u equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline z. StartFraction d u Over d z EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over z EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x semicolon StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 x Over x squared plus 3 EndFraction period

Similarly, if v equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x cubed minus 2 right parenthesis comma StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 x squared Over x cubed minus 2 EndFraction) and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals left parenthesis x squared plus 3 right parenthesis cubed left parenthesis x cubed minus 2 right parenthesis Superscript two thirds Baseline left brace StartFraction 6 x Over x squared plus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 x squared Over x cubed minus 2 EndFraction right brace period

(9) y equals StartFraction RootIndex 2 StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot x cubed minus a EndRoot EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals one half log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis minus one third log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x cubed minus a right parenthesis period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals one half StartFraction 2 x Over x squared plus a EndFraction minus one third StartFraction 3 x squared Over x cubed minus a EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over x squared plus a EndFraction minus StartFraction x squared Over x cubed minus a EndFraction EndLayout and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction RootIndex 2 StartRoot x squared plus a EndRoot Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot x cubed minus a EndRoot EndFraction left brace StartFraction x Over x squared plus a EndFraction minus StartFraction x squared Over x cubed minus a EndFraction right brace period

[Pg 150]

(10) y equals StartFraction 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline x EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline x times 0 minus 1 times StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction OverOver log Subscript epsilon Superscript 2 Baseline x EndEndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over x log Subscript epsilon Superscript 2 Baseline x EndFraction period

(11) y equals RootIndex 3 StartRoot log Subscript epsilon Baseline x EndRoot equals left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis Superscript one third. Let z equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x semicolon y equals z Superscript one third. StartFraction d y Over d z EndFraction equals one third z Superscript negative two thirds Baseline semicolon StartFraction d z Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 3 x RootIndex 3 StartRoot log Subscript epsilon Superscript 2 Baseline x EndRoot EndFraction period

(12) y equals left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over a Superscript x Baseline EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript a x. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y 2nd Column equals a x left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline 1 minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline a Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis equals minus a x log Subscript epsilon Baseline a Superscript x Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus a x times a Superscript x Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a minus a log Subscript epsilon Baseline a Superscript x Baseline period 3rd Row 1st Column and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals minus left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over a Superscript x Baseline EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript a x Baseline left parenthesis x times a Superscript x plus 1 Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a plus a log Subscript epsilon Baseline a Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis period EndLayout

Try now the following exercises.


Exercises XII. (See page 260 for Answers.)

(1) Differentiate y equals b left parenthesis epsilon Superscript a x Baseline minus epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline right parenthesis.

(2) Find the differential coefficient with respect to t of the expression u equals a t squared plus 2 log Subscript epsilon Baseline t.

(3) If y equals n Superscript t, find StartFraction d left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline y right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction.

(4) Show that if y equals StartFraction 1 Over b EndFraction dot StartFraction a Superscript b x Baseline Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a Superscript b x.

(5) If w equals p v Superscript n, find StartFraction d w Over d v EndFraction.

Differentiate

[Pg 151]

(6) y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x Superscript n.

(7) y equals 3 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction x Over x minus 1 EndFraction.

(8) y equals left parenthesis 3 x squared plus 1 right parenthesis epsilon Superscript minus 5 x.

(9) y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x Superscript a Baseline plus a right parenthesis.

(10) y equals left parenthesis 3 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis StartRoot x EndRoot plus 1 right parenthesis.

(11) y equals StartFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis Over x plus 3 EndFraction.

(12) y equals a Superscript x Baseline times x Superscript a.

(13) It was shown by Lord Kelvin that the speed of signalling through a submarine cable depends on the value of the ratio of the external diameter of the core to the diameter of the enclosed copper wire. If this ratio is called y, then the number of signals s that can be sent per minute can be expressed by the formula s equals a y squared log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction semicolon where a is a constant depending on the length and the quality of the materials. Show that if these are given, s will be a maximum if y equals 1 divided by StartRoot epsilon EndRoot.

(14) Find the maximum or minimum of y equals x cubed minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x period

(15) Differentiate y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis a x epsilon Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis.

(16) Differentiate y equals left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline a x right parenthesis cubed.


[Pg 152]

The Logarithmic Curve.

Let us return to the curve which has its successive ordinates in geometrical progression, such as that represented by the equation y equals b p Superscript x.

We can see, by putting x equals 0, that b is the initial height of y. Then when x equals 1 comma y equals b p semicolon x equals 2 comma y equals b p squared semicolon x equals 3 comma y equals b p cubed comma etc period

Also, we see that p is the numerical value of the ratio between the height of any ordinate and that of the next preceding it. In Fig. 40, we have taken p as six fifths; each ordinate being six fifths as high as the preceding one.

A staircase starting at y-intercept b approximating a straight line over 6 equal steps. Each step undershoots the line slightly, illustrating discrete linear growth vs. continuous — analogous to simple interest (staircase) versus a continuously growing linear function.

Fig. 40.

Same staircase but with log y on the vertical axis, starting at log b. Equal steps in x produce equal jumps in log y — illustrating discrete compound growth (geometric sequence) approximating continuous exponential growth on a log scale.

Fig. 41.

If two successive ordinates are related together thus in a constant ratio, their logarithms will have a constant difference; so that, if we should plot out a new curve, Fig. 41, with values of log Subscript epsilon Baseline y as ordinates, it would be a straight line sloping up by equal steps. In fact, it follows from the equation, that [Pg 153] StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline b plus x dot log Subscript epsilon Baseline p comma 2nd Row 1st Column whence 2nd Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline y minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline b equals x dot log Subscript epsilon Baseline p period EndLayout

Now, since log Subscript epsilon Baseline p is a mere number, and may be written as log Subscript epsilon Baseline p equals a, it follows that log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction y Over b EndFraction equals a x comma and the equation takes the new form y equals b epsilon Superscript a x Baseline period

The Die-away Curve.

If we were to take p as a proper fraction (less than unity), the curve would obviously tend to sink downwards, as in Fig. 42, where each successive ordinate is three fourths of the height of the preceding one.

The equation is still y equals b p Superscript x Baseline semicolon but since p is less than one, log Subscript epsilon Baseline p will be a negative quantity, and may be written negative a; so that p equals epsilon Superscript negative a, and now our equation for the curve takes the form y equals b epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline period

A descending staircase from b overshooting a decaying exponential curve — each step stays above the curve, showing discrete compound decay (geometric sequence) approximating continuous exponential decay y = be⁻ˣ, with the staircase consistently overestimating.

Fig. 42.

The importance of this expression is that, in the case where the independent variable is time, the equation represents the course of a [Pg 154]great many physical processes in which something is gradually dying away. Thus, the cooling of a hot body is represented (in Newton's celebrated "law of cooling") by the equation theta Subscript t Baseline equals theta 0 epsilon Superscript minus a t Baseline semicolon where theta 0 is the original excess of temperature of a hot body over that of its surroundings, theta Subscript t the excess of temperature at the end of time t, and a is a constant-namely, the constant of decrement, depending on the amount of surface exposed by the body, and on its coefficients of conductivity and emissivity, etc.

A similar formula, upper Q Subscript t Baseline equals upper Q 0 epsilon Superscript minus a t Baseline comma is used to express the charge of an electrified body, originally having a charge upper Q 0, which is leaking away with a constant of decrement a; which constant depends in this case on the capacity of the body and on the resistance of the leakage-path.

Oscillations given to a flexible spring die out after a time; and the dying-out of the amplitude of the motion may be expressed in a similar way.

[Pg 155]

In fact epsilon Superscript minus a t serves as a die-away factor for all those phenomena in which the rate of decrease is proportional to the magnitude of that which is decreasing; or where, in our usual symbols, StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction is proportional at every moment to the value that y has at that moment. For we have only to inspect the curve, Fig. 42 above, to see that, at every part of it, the slope StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is proportional to the height y; the curve becoming flatter as y grows smaller. In symbols, thus y equals b epsilon Superscript minus a x or log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline b minus a x log Subscript epsilon Baseline epsilon equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline b minus a x comma and, differentiating, StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals negative a semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals b epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline times left parenthesis negative a right parenthesis equals minus a y semicolon or, in words, the slope of the curve is downward, and proportional to y and to the constant a.

We should have got the same result if we had taken the equation in the form for then StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals b p Superscript x Baseline semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals b p Superscript x Baseline times log Subscript epsilon Baseline p period EndLayout

But log Subscript epsilon Baseline p equals negative a semicolon giving us StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals y times left parenthesis negative a right parenthesis equals minus a y comma as before.

[Pg 156]

The Time-constant. In the expression for the "die-away factor" epsilon Superscript minus a t, the quantity a is the reciprocal of another quantity known as "the time-constant," which we may denote by the symbol upper T. Then the die-away factor will be written epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction; and it will be seen, by making t equals upper T that the meaning of upper T (or of StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction ) is that this is the length of time which it takes for the original quantity (called theta 0 or upper Q 0 in the preceding instances) to die away StartFraction 1 Over epsilon EndFractionth part—that is to 0.3678—of its original value.

The values of epsilon Superscript x and epsilon Superscript negative x are continually required in different branches of physics, and as they are given in very few sets of mathematical tables, some of the values are tabulated on p. 157 for convenience.

As an example of the use of this table, suppose there is a hot body cooling, and that at the beginning of the experiment (i.e. when t equals 0 ) it is 72 Superscript ring hotter than the surrounding objects, and if the time-constant of its cooling is 20 minutes (that is, if it takes 20 minutes for its excess of temperature to fall to StartFraction 1 Over epsilon EndFraction part of 72 Superscript ring ), then we can calculate to what it will have fallen in any given time t. For instance, let t be 60 minutes. Then StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction equals 60 divided by 20 equals 3, and we shall have to find the value of epsilon Superscript negative 3, and then multiply the original 72 Superscript ring by this. The table shows that epsilon Superscript negative 3 is 0.0498. So that at the end of 60 minutes the excess of temperature will have fallen to 72 Superscript ring Baseline times 0.0498 equals 3.586 Superscript ring.


[Pg 157]

THE LAW OF ORGANIC GROWTH

x epsilon Superscript x epsilon Superscript negative x 1 minus epsilon Superscript negative x
0.00 1.0000 1.0000 0.0000
0.10 1.1052 0.8187 0.1813
0.50 1.6487 0.6065 0.3935
0.75 2.1170 0.4724 0.5276
0.90 2.4596 0.4066 0.5934
1.00 2.7183 0.3679 0.6321
1.10 3.0042 0.3329 0.6671
1.20 3.3201 0.3012 0.6988
1.25 3.4903 0.2865 0.7135
1.50 4.4817 0.2231 0.7769
1.75 5.755 0.1738 0.8262
2.00 7.389 0.1353 0.8647
2.50 12.182 0.0821 0.9179
3.00 20.086 0.0498 0.9502
3.50 33.115 0.0302 0.9698
4.00 54.598 0.0183 0.9817
4.50 90.017 0.0111 0.9889
5.00 148.41 0.0067 0.9933
5.50 244.69 0.0041 0.9959
6.00 403.43 0.00248 0.99752
7.50 1808.04 0.00055 0.99947
10.00 22026.5 0.000045 0.999955

[Pg 158]

Further Examples.

(1) The strength of an electric current in a conductor at a time t secs. after the application of the electromotive force producing it is given by the expression upper C equals StartFraction upper E Over upper R EndFraction left brace 1 minus epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction upper R t Over upper L EndFraction Baseline right brace.

The time constant is StartFraction upper L Over upper R EndFraction.

If upper E equals 10 comma upper R equals 1 comma upper L equals 0.01; then when t is very large the term epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction upper R t Over upper L EndFraction becomes 1, and upper C equals StartFraction upper E Over upper R EndFraction equals 10; also StartFraction upper L Over upper R EndFraction equals upper T equals 0.01 period

Its value at any time may be written: upper C equals 10 minus 10 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction t Over 0.01 EndFraction Baseline comma the time-constant being 0.01. This means that it takes 0.01 sec. for the variable term to fall by StartFraction 1 Over epsilon EndFraction equals 0.3678 of its initial value 10 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction 0 Over 0.01 EndFraction Baseline equals 10.

To find the value of the current when t equals 0.001 secant period, say, StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction equals 0.1, epsilon Superscript negative 0.1 Baseline equals 0.9048 (from table).

It follows that, after 0.001 sec., the variable term is 0.9048 times 10 equals 9.048, and the actual current is 10 minus 9.048 equals 0.952.

Similarly, at the end of 0.1 sec., StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction equals 10 semicolon epsilon Superscript negative 10 Baseline equals 0.000045 semicolon the variable term is 10 times 0.000045 equals 0.00045, the current being 9.9995.

(2) The intensity upper I of a beam of light which has passed through a thickness l c m period of some transparent medium is upper I equals upper I 0 epsilon Superscript minus upper K l, where upper I 0 is the initial intensity of the beam and upper K is a "constant of absorption."

[Pg 159]

This constant is usually found by experiments. If it be found, for instance, that a beam of light has its intensity diminished by 18 percent sign in passing through 10 cms. of a certain transparent medium, this means that 82 equals 100 times epsilon Superscript negative upper K times 10 or epsilon Superscript minus 10 upper K Baseline equals 0.82, and from the table one sees that 10 upper K equals 0.20 very nearly; hence upper K equals 0.02.

To find the thickness that will reduce the intensity to half its value, one must find the value of l which satisfies the equality 50 equals 100 times epsilon Superscript minus 0.02 l, or 0.5 equals epsilon Superscript minus 0.02 l. It is found by putting this equation in its logarithmic form, namely, log 0.5 equals negative 0.02 times l times log epsilon comma which gives l equals StartFraction negative 0.3010 Over negative 0.02 times 0.4343 EndFraction equals 34.7 centimetres nearly period

(3) The quantity upper Q of a radio-active substance which has not yet undergone transformation is known to be related to the initial quantity upper Q 0 of the substance by the relation upper Q equals upper Q 0 epsilon Superscript minus lamda t, where lamda is a constant and t the time in seconds elapsed since the transformation began.

For "Radium upper A," if time is expressed in seconds, experiment shows that lamda equals 3.85 times 10 Superscript negative 3. Find the time required for transforming half the substance. (This time is called the "mean life" of the substance.)

We have 0.5 equals epsilon Superscript minus 0.00385 t. log 0.5 equals minus 0.00385 t times log epsilon semicolon and t equals 3 minutes very nearly period


[Pg 160]

Exercises XIII. (See page 260 for Answers.)

(1) Draw the curve y equals b epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction; where b equals 12 comma upper T equals 8, and t is given various values from 0 to 20.

(2) If a hot body cools so that in 24 minutes its excess of temperature has fallen to half the initial amount, deduce the time-constant, and find how long it will be in cooling down to 1 per cent. of the original excess.

(3) Plot the curve y equals 100 left parenthesis 1 minus epsilon Superscript minus 2 t Baseline right parenthesis.

(4) The following equations give very similar curves: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column left parenthesis i right parenthesis y 2nd Column equals StartFraction a x Over x plus b EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column left parenthesis ii right parenthesis y 2nd Column equals a left parenthesis 1 minus epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction x Over b EndFraction Baseline right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column left parenthesis iii right parenthesis y 2nd Column equals StartFraction a Over 90 Superscript ring Baseline EndFraction arc tangent left parenthesis StartFraction x Over b EndFraction right parenthesis period EndLayout

Draw all three curves, taking a equals 100 millimetres; b equals 30 millimetres.

(5) Find the differential coefficient of y with respect to x, if left parenthesis a right parenthesis y equals x Superscript x Baseline semicolon left parenthesis b right parenthesis y equals left parenthesis epsilon Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis Superscript x Baseline semicolon left parenthesis c right parenthesis y equals epsilon Superscript x Super Superscript x Superscript Baseline period

(6) For "Thorium upper A," the value of lamda is 5; find the "mean life," that is, the time taken by the transformation of a quantity upper Q of "Thorium upper A " equal to half the initial quantity upper Q 0 in the expression upper Q equals upper Q 0 epsilon Superscript minus lamda t Baseline semicolon t being in seconds.

[Pg 161]

(7) A condenser of capacity upper K equals 4 times 10 Superscript negative 6, charged to a potential upper V 0 equals 20, is discharging through a resistance of 10,000 ohms. Find the potential upper V after (a) 0.1 second; (b) 0.01 second; assuming that the fall of potential follows the rule upper V equals upper V 0 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction t Over upper K upper R EndFraction.

(8) The charge upper Q of an electrified insulated metal sphere is reduced from 20 to 16 units in 10 minutes. Find the coefficient mu of leakage, if upper Q equals upper Q 0 times epsilon Superscript minus mu t Baseline semicolon upper Q 0 being the initial charge and t being in seconds. Hence find the time taken by half the charge to leak away.

(9) The damping on a telephone line can be ascertained from the relation i equals i 0 epsilon Superscript minus beta l, where i is the strength, after t seconds, of a telephonic current of initial strength i 0; l is the length of the line in kilometres, and beta is a constant. For the Franco-English submarine cable laid in 1910, beta equals 0.0114. Find the damping at the end of the cable (40 kilometres), and the length along which i is still 8 percent sign of the original current (limiting value of very good audition).

(10) The pressure p of the atmosphere at an altitude h kilometres is given by p equals p 0 epsilon Superscript minus k h Baseline semicolon p 0 being the pressure at sea-level (760 millimetres).

The pressures at 10, 20 and 50 kilometres being 199.2, 42.2, 0.32 respectively, find k in each case. Using the mean value of k, find the percentage error in each case.

(11) Find the minimum or maximum of y equals x Superscript x.

(12) Find the minimum or maximum of y equals x Superscript StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction.

(13) Find the minimum or maximum of y equals x a Superscript StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction.


[Pg 162]

CHAPTER XV.
HOW TO DEAL WITH SINES AND COSINES.

GREEK letters being usual to denote angles, we will take as the usual letter for any variable angle the letter theta ("theta").

Let us consider the function y equals sine theta period

A unit circle with angle θ from center O, showing y = sin θ as the vertical height, and dθ as an infinitesimal angle increment at the top. Geometrically illustrates dy/dθ = cos θ — the rate of change of sin θ equals the horizontal projection at that point.

Fig. 43.

What we have to investigate is the value of StartFraction d left parenthesis sine theta right parenthesis Over d theta EndFraction; or, in other words, if the angle theta varies, we have to find the relation between the increment of the sine and the increment of the angle, both increments being indefinitely small in themselves. Examine Fig. 43, wherein, if the radius of the circle is [Pg 163] unity, the height of y is the sine, and theta is the angle. Now, if theta is supposed to increase by the addition to it of the small angle d theta—an element of angle—the height of y, the sine, will be increased by a small element d y. The new height y plus d y will be the sine of the new angle theta plus d theta, or, stating it as an equation, y plus d y equals sine left parenthesis theta plus d theta right parenthesis semicolon and subtracting from this the first equation gives d y equals sine left parenthesis theta plus d theta right parenthesis minus sine theta period

The quantity on the right-hand side is the difference between two sines, and books on trigonometry tell us how to work this out. For they tell us that if upper M and upper N are two different angles, sine upper M minus sine upper N equals 2 cosine StartFraction upper M plus upper N Over 2 EndFraction dot sine StartFraction upper M minus upper N Over 2 EndFraction period

If, then, we put upper M equals theta plus d theta for one angle, and upper N equals theta for the other, we may write StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals 2 cosine StartFraction theta plus d theta plus theta Over 2 EndFraction dot sine StartFraction theta plus d theta minus theta Over 2 EndFraction comma 2nd Row 1st Column or comma 2nd Column d y equals 2 cosine left parenthesis theta plus one half d theta right parenthesis dot sine one half d theta period EndLayout

But if we regard d theta as indefinitely small, then in the limit we may neglect one half d theta by comparison with theta, and may also take sine one half d theta as being the same as one half d theta. The equation then becomes: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals 2 cosine theta times one half d theta semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals cosine theta dot d theta comma 3rd Row 1st Column and comma finally comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals cosine theta period EndLayout

[Pg 164]

The accompanying curves, Figs. 44 and 45, show, plotted to scale, the values of y equals sine theta, and StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals cosine theta, for the corresponding values of theta.

The full y = sin θ wave over 0°–360°, starting at 0, peaking at 1 at 90°, returning to zero at 180°, minimum −1 at 270°, completing the cycle at 360°. Dashed lines mark key angles — the standard sine curve, offset 90° from cosine.

Fig. 45.

The full y = cos θ wave over 0°–360°, starting at 1, hitting zero at 90°, minimum −1 at 180°, back to zero at 270°, and returning to 1 at 360°. Dashed lines mark key angles, confirming the standard cosine cycle with amplitude 1.

Fig. 44.


[Pg 165]

Take next the cosine.

Let y equals cosine theta.

Now cosine theta equals sine left parenthesis StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction minus theta right parenthesis.

Therefore StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y equals d left parenthesis sine left parenthesis StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction minus theta right parenthesis right parenthesis 2nd Column equals cosine left parenthesis StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction minus theta right parenthesis times d left parenthesis negative theta right parenthesis comma 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals cosine left parenthesis StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction minus theta right parenthesis times left parenthesis minus d theta right parenthesis comma 3rd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals minus cosine left parenthesis StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction minus theta right parenthesis period EndLayout

And it follows that StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals minus sine theta period


Lastly, take the tangent.

Let StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals tangent theta comma 2nd Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals tangent left parenthesis theta plus d theta right parenthesis minus tangent theta period EndLayout

Expanding, as shown in books on trigonometry, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column tangent left parenthesis theta plus d theta right parenthesis 2nd Column equals StartFraction tangent theta plus tangent d theta Over 1 minus tangent theta dot tangent d theta EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column whence d y 2nd Column equals StartFraction tangent theta plus tangent d theta Over 1 minus tangent theta dot tangent d theta EndFraction minus tangent theta 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus tangent squared theta right parenthesis tangent d theta Over 1 minus tangent theta dot tangent d theta EndFraction period EndLayout

[Pg 166]

Now remember that if d theta is indefinitely diminished, the value of tangent d theta becomes identical with d theta, and tangent theta dot d theta is negligibly small compared with 1, so that the expression reduces to StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals StartFraction left parenthesis 1 plus tangent squared theta right parenthesis d theta Over 1 EndFraction comma 2nd Row 1st Column so that 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 1 plus tangent squared theta comma 3rd Row 1st Column or 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals secant squared theta period EndLayout

Collecting these results, we have:

x StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction
sine theta cosine theta
cosine theta minus sine theta
tangent theta secant squared theta

Sometimes, in mechanical and physical questions, as, for example, in simple harmonic motion and in wave-motions, we have to deal with angles that increase in proportion to the time. Thus, if upper T be the time of one complete period, or movement round the circle, then, since the angle all round the circle is 2 pi radians, or 360 Superscript ring, the amount of angle moved through in time t, will be StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column theta equals 2 pi StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction comma in radians comma 2nd Row 1st Column or 2nd Column theta equals 360 StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction comma in degrees period EndLayout

[Pg 167]

If the frequency, or number of periods per second, be denoted by n, then n equals StartFraction 1 Over upper T EndFraction, and we may then write: theta equals 2 pi n t period

Then we shall have y equals sine 2 pi n t period

If, now, we wish to know how the sine varies with respect to time, we must differentiate with respect, not to theta, but to t. For this we must resort to the artifice explained in Chapter IX., p. 66, and put StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction dot StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction period

Now StartFraction d theta Over d t EndFraction will obviously be 2 pi n; so that StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction 2nd Column equals cosine theta times 2 pi n 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 pi n dot cosine 2 pi n t period EndLayout

Similarly, it follows that StartFraction d left parenthesis cosine 2 pi n t right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction equals minus 2 pi n dot sine 2 pi n t period

Second Differential Coefficient of Sine or Cosine.

We have seen that when sine theta is differentiated with respect to theta it becomes cosine theta semicolon and that when cosine theta is differentiated with respect to theta it becomes minus sine theta; or, in symbols, StartFraction d squared left parenthesis sine theta right parenthesis Over d theta squared EndFraction equals minus sine theta period

[Pg 168]

So we have this curious result that we have found a function such that if we differentiate it twice over, we get the same thing from which we started, but with the sign changed from + to -.

The same thing is true for the cosine; for differentiating cosine theta gives us minus sine theta, and differentiating minus sine theta gives us minus cosine theta semicolon or thus: StartFraction d squared left parenthesis cosine theta right parenthesis Over d theta squared EndFraction equals minus cosine theta period

Sines and cosines are the only functions of which the second differential coefficient is equal (and of opposite sign to) the original function.


Examples.

With what we have so far learned we can now differentiate expressions of a more complex nature.

(1) y equals arc sine x.

If y is the arc whose sine is x, then x equals sine y. StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals cosine y period

Passing now from the inverse function to the original one, we get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartStartFraction 1 OverOver StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction EndEndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over cosine y EndFraction period

Now cosine y equals StartRoot 1 minus sine squared y EndRoot equals StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot semicolon hence StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction comma a rather unexpected result.

[Pg 169]

(2) y equals cosine cubed theta.

This is the same thing as y equals left parenthesis cosine theta right parenthesis cubed.

Let cosine theta equals v; then y equals v cubed; StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals 3 v squared. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals minus sine theta period 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction times StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals minus 3 cosine squared theta sine theta period EndLayout

(3) y equals sine left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis.

Let x plus a equals v; then y equals sine v. StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals cosine v semicolon StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals 1 and StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals cosine left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis period

(4) y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline sine theta.

Let sine theta equals v semicolon y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline v. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over v EndFraction semicolon StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals cosine theta semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over sine theta EndFraction times cosine theta equals cotangent theta period EndLayout

(5) y equals cotangent theta equals StartFraction cosine theta Over sine theta EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction minus sine squared theta minus cosine squared theta Over sine squared theta EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus left parenthesis 1 plus cotangent squared theta right parenthesis equals minus c o s e c squared theta period EndLayout

(6) y equals tangent 3 theta.

Let 3 theta equals v; y equals tangent v; StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals secant squared v. StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals 3 semicolon StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 3 secant squared 3 theta period

[Pg 170]

(7) y equals StartRoot 1 plus 3 tangent squared theta EndRoot semicolon y equals left parenthesis 1 plus 3 tangent squared theta right parenthesis Superscript one half.

Let 3 tangent squared theta equals v (see p. 67). StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis 1 plus v right parenthesis Superscript one half Baseline semicolon StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus v EndRoot EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction 2nd Column equals 6 tangent theta secant squared theta EndLayout (for, if tangent theta equals u, v equals 3 u squared semicolon StartFraction d v Over d u EndFraction equals 6 u semicolon StartFraction d u Over d theta EndFraction equals secant squared theta semicolon hence StartFraction d v Over d theta EndFraction equals 6 left parenthesis tangent theta secant squared theta right parenthesis)

hence StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals StartFraction 6 tangent theta secant squared theta Over 2 StartRoot 1 plus 3 tangent squared theta EndRoot EndFraction.

(8) y equals sine x cosine x. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals sine x left parenthesis minus sine x right parenthesis plus cosine x times cosine x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals cosine squared x minus sine squared x period EndLayout


Exercises XIV. (See page 261 for Answers.)

(1) Differentiate the following:

(i) y equals upper A sine left parenthesis theta minus StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction right parenthesis.

(ii) y equals sine squared theta; and y equals sine 2 theta.

(iii) y equals sine cubed theta; and y equals sine 3 theta.

(2) Find the value of theta for which sine theta times cosine theta is a maximum.

[Pg 171]

(3) Differentiate y equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi EndFraction cosine 2 pi n t.

(4) If y equals sine a Superscript x, find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.

(5) Differentiate y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline cosine x.

(6) Differentiate y equals 18.2 sine left parenthesis x plus 26 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis.

(7) Plot the curve y equals 100 sine left parenthesis theta minus 15 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis; and show that the slope of the curve at theta equals 75 Superscript ring is half the maximum slope.

(8) If y equals sine theta dot sine 2 theta, find StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction.

(9) If y equals a dot tangent Superscript m Baseline left parenthesis theta Superscript n Baseline right parenthesis, find the differential coefficient of y with respect to theta.

(10) Differentiate y equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline sine squared x.

(11) Differentiate the three equations of Exercises XIII. (p. 160), No. 4, and compare their differential coefficients, as to whether they are equal, or nearly equal, for very small values of x, or for very large values of x, or for values of x in the neighbourhood of x equals 30.

(12) Differentiate the following:

(i) y equals secant x.

(ii) y equals a r c cosine x.

(iii) y equals arc tangent x.

(iv) y equals arc secant x.

(v) y equals tangent x times StartRoot 3 secant x EndRoot.

(13) Differentiate y equals sine left parenthesis 2 theta plus 3 right parenthesis Superscript 2.3.

(14) Differentiate y equals theta cubed plus 3 sine left parenthesis theta plus 3 right parenthesis minus 3 Superscript sine theta Baseline minus 3 Superscript theta.

(15) Find the maximum or minimum of y equals theta cosine theta.


[Pg 172]

CHAPTER XVI.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION.

WE sometimes come across quantities that are functions of more than one independent variable. Thus, we may find a case where y depends on two other variable quantities, one of which we will call u and the other v. In symbols y equals f left parenthesis u comma v right parenthesis period

Take the simplest concrete case.

Let y equals u times v.

What are we to do? If we were to treat v as a constant, and differentiate with respect to u, we should get d y Subscript v Baseline equals v d u semicolon or if we treat u as a constant, and differentiate with respect to v, we should have: d y Subscript u Baseline equals u d v period

The little letters here put as subscripts are to show which quantity has been taken as constant in the operation.

[Pg 173]

Another way of indicating that the differentiation has been performed only partially, that is, has been performed only with respect to one of the independent variables, is to write the differential coefficients with Greek deltas, like partial differential, instead of little d. In this way StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential u EndFraction equals v comma 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential v EndFraction equals u period EndLayout

If we put in these values for v and u respectively, we shall have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y Subscript v Baseline 2nd Column equals StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential u EndFraction d u comma 2nd Row 1st Column d y Subscript u Baseline 2nd Column equals StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential v EndFraction d v comma EndLayout right brace which are partial differentials period

But, if you think of it, you will observe that the total variation of y depends on both these things at the same time. That is to say, if both are varying, the real d y ought to be written d y equals StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential u EndFraction d u plus StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential v EndFraction d v semicolon and this is called a total differential. In some books it is written d y equals left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d u EndFraction right parenthesis d u plus left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d v EndFraction right parenthesis d v.

Example (1). Find the partial differential coefficients of the expression w equals 2 a x squared plus 3 b x y plus 4 c y cubed. The answers are: StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction partial differential w Over partial differential x EndFraction equals 4 a x plus 3 b y period 2nd Row  StartFraction partial differential w Over partial differential y EndFraction equals 3 b x plus 12 c y squared period EndLayout right brace

[Pg 174]

The first is obtained by supposing y constant, the second is obtained by supposing x constant; then d w equals left parenthesis 4 a x plus 3 b y right parenthesis d x plus left parenthesis 3 b x plus 12 c y squared right parenthesis d y period

Example (2). Let z equals x Superscript y. Then, treating first y and then x as constant, we get in the usual way StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction partial differential z Over partial differential x EndFraction equals y x Superscript y minus 1 Baseline comma 2nd Row  StartFraction partial differential z Over partial differential y EndFraction equals x Superscript y Baseline times log Subscript epsilon Baseline x comma EndLayout right brace so that d z equals y x Superscript y minus 1 Baseline d x plus x Superscript y Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline x d y.

Example (3). A cone having height h and radius of base r has volume upper V equals one third pi r squared h. If its height remains constant, while r changes, the ratio of change of volume, with respect to radius, is different from ratio of change of volume with respect to height which would occur if the height were varied and the radius kept constant, for StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction partial differential upper V Over partial differential r EndFraction equals StartFraction 2 pi Over 3 EndFraction r h comma 2nd Row  StartFraction partial differential upper V Over partial differential h EndFraction equals StartFraction pi Over 3 EndFraction r squared period EndLayout right brace

The variation when both the radius and the height change is given by d upper V equals StartFraction 2 pi Over 3 EndFraction r h d upper V plus StartFraction pi Over 3 EndFraction r squared d h.

Example (4). In the following example upper F and f denote two arbitrary functions of any form whatsoever. For example, they may be sine-functions, or exponentials, or mere algebraic functions of the [Pg 175] two independent variables, t and x. This being understood, let us take the expression y equals upper F left parenthesis x plus a t right parenthesis plus f left parenthesis x minus a t right parenthesis comma or, y equals upper F left parenthesis w right parenthesis plus f left parenthesis v right parenthesis semicolon where w equals x plus a t comma and v equals x minus a t period

Then StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction partial differential upper F left parenthesis w right parenthesis Over partial differential w EndFraction dot StartFraction partial differential w Over partial differential x EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential f left parenthesis v right parenthesis Over partial differential v EndFraction dot StartFraction partial differential v Over partial differential x EndFraction 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals upper F prime left parenthesis w right parenthesis dot 1 plus f prime left parenthesis v right parenthesis dot 1 EndLayout (where the figure 1 is simply the coefficient of x in w and v); and StartFraction partial differential squared y Over partial differential x squared EndFraction equals upper F double prime left parenthesis w right parenthesis plus f double prime left parenthesis v right parenthesis period

Also StartFraction partial differential y Over partial differential t EndFraction equals StartFraction partial differential upper F left parenthesis w right parenthesis Over partial differential w EndFraction dot StartFraction partial differential w Over partial differential t EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential f left parenthesis v right parenthesis Over partial differential v EndFraction dot StartFraction partial differential v Over partial differential t EndFraction equals upper F prime left parenthesis w right parenthesis dot a minus f prime left parenthesis v right parenthesis a semicolon and StartFraction partial differential squared y Over partial differential t squared EndFraction equals upper F double prime left parenthesis w right parenthesis a squared plus f double prime left parenthesis v right parenthesis a squared semicolon whence StartFraction partial differential squared y Over partial differential t squared EndFraction equals a squared StartFraction partial differential squared y Over partial differential x squared EndFraction period

This differential equation is of immense importance in mathematical physics.

Maxima and Minima of Functions of two Independent Variables.

Example (5). Let us take up again Exercise IX., p. 107, No. 4.

Let x and y be the length of two of the portions of the string. The third is 30 minus left parenthesis x plus y right parenthesis, and the area of the triangle is [Pg 176] upper A equals StartRoot s left parenthesis s minus x right parenthesis left parenthesis s minus y right parenthesis left parenthesis s minus 30 plus x plus y right parenthesis EndRoot, where s is the half perimeter, 15, so that upper A equals StartRoot 15 upper P EndRoot, where StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column upper P 2nd Column equals left parenthesis 15 minus x right parenthesis left parenthesis 15 minus y right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus y minus 15 right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x y squared plus x squared y minus 15 x squared minus 15 y squared minus 45 x y plus 450 x plus 450 y minus 3375 period EndLayout

Clearly upper A is maximum when upper P is maximum. d upper P equals StartFraction partial differential upper P Over partial differential x EndFraction d x plus StartFraction partial differential upper P Over partial differential y EndFraction d y period For a maximum (clearly it will not be a minimum in this case), one must have simultaneously StartFraction partial differential upper P Over partial differential x EndFraction equals 0 and StartFraction partial differential upper P Over partial differential y EndFraction equals 0 semicolon that is, StartLayout 1st Row  2 x y minus 30 x plus y squared minus 45 y plus 450 equals 0 comma 2nd Row  2 x y minus 30 y plus x squared minus 45 x plus 450 equals 0 period EndLayout right brace

An immediate solution is x equals y.

If we now introduce this condition in the value of upper P, we find upper P equals left parenthesis 15 minus x right parenthesis squared left parenthesis 2 x minus 15 right parenthesis equals 2 x cubed minus 75 x squared plus 900 x minus 3375 period For maximum or minimum, StartFraction d upper P Over d x EndFraction equals 6 x squared minus 150 x plus 900 equals 0, which gives x equals 15 or x equals 10.

Clearly x equals 15 gives minimum area; x equals 10 gives the maximum, for StartFraction d squared upper P Over d x squared EndFraction equals 12 x minus 150, which is +30 for x equals 15 and -30 for x equals 10.

[Pg 177]

Example (6). Find the dimensions of an ordinary railway coal truck with rectangular ends, so that, for a given volume upper V the area of sides and floor together is as small as possible.

The truck is a rectangular box open at the top. Let x be the length and y be the width; then the depth is StartFraction upper V Over x y EndFraction. The surface area is upper S equals x y plus StartFraction 2 upper V Over x EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 upper V Over y EndFraction d upper S equals StartFraction partial differential upper S Over partial differential x EndFraction d x plus StartFraction partial differential upper S Over partial differential y EndFraction d y equals left parenthesis y minus StartFraction 2 upper V Over x squared EndFraction right parenthesis d x plus left parenthesis x minus StartFraction 2 upper V Over y squared EndFraction right parenthesis d y period

For minimum (clearly it won't be a maximum here), y minus StartFraction 2 upper V Over x squared EndFraction equals 0 comma x minus StartFraction 2 upper V Over y squared EndFraction equals 0 period

Here also, an immediate solution is x equals y, so that upper S equals x squared plus StartFraction 4 upper V Over x EndFraction, StartFraction d upper S Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x minus StartFraction 4 upper V Over x squared EndFraction equals 0 for minimum, and x equals RootIndex 3 StartRoot 2 upper V EndRoot period


Exercises XV. (See page 263 for Answers.)

(1) Differentiate the expression StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction minus 2 x cubed y minus 2 y squared x plus StartFraction y Over 3 EndFraction with respect to x alone, and with respect to y alone.

(2) Find the partial differential coefficients with respect to x comma y and z, of the expression x squared y z plus x y squared z plus x y z squared plus x squared y squared z squared period

[Pg 178]

(3) Let r squared equals left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis y minus b right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis z minus c right parenthesis squared.

Find the value of StartFraction partial differential r Over partial differential x EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential r Over partial differential y EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential r Over partial differential z EndFraction. Also find the value of StartFraction partial differential squared r Over partial differential x squared EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential squared r Over partial differential y squared EndFraction plus StartFraction partial differential squared r Over partial differential z squared EndFraction.

(4) Find the total differential of y equals u Superscript v.

(5) Find the total differential of y equals u cubed sine v; of y equals left parenthesis sine x right parenthesis Superscript u; and of y equals StartFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline u Over v EndFraction.

(6) Verify that the sum of three quantities x, y, z, whose product is a constant k, is maximum when these three quantities are equal.

(7) Find the maximum or minimum of the function u equals x plus 2 x y plus y period

(8) The post-office regulations state that no parcel is to be of such a size that its length plus its girth exceeds 6 feet. What is the greatest volume that can be sent by post (a) in the case of a package of rectangular cross section; (b) in the case of a package of circular cross section.

(9) Divide pi into 3 parts such that the continued product of their sines may be a maximum or minimum.

(10) Find the maximum or minimum of u equals StartFraction epsilon Superscript x plus y Baseline Over x y EndFraction.

(11) Find maximum and minimum of u equals y plus 2 x minus 2 log Subscript epsilon Baseline y minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x period

(12) A telpherage bucket of given capacity has the shape of a horizontal isosceles triangular prism with the apex underneath, and [Pg 179] the opposite face open. Find its dimensions in order that the least amount of iron sheet may be used in its construction.


[Pg 180]

CHAPTER XVII.
INTEGRATION.

THE great secret has already been revealed that this mysterious symbol integral, which is after all only a long upper S, merely means "the sum of," or "the sum of all such quantities as." It therefore resembles that other symbol sigma summation (the Greek Sigma), which is also a sign of summation. There is this difference, however, in the practice of mathematical men as to the use of these signs, that while sigma summation is generally used to indicate the sum of a number of finite quantities, the integral sign integral is generally used to indicate the summing up of a vast number of small quantities of indefinitely minute magnitude, mere elements in fact, that go to make up the total required. Thus integral d y equals y, and integral d x equals x.

Any one can understand how the whole of anything can be conceived of as made up of a lot of little bits; and the smaller the bits the more of them there will be. Thus, a line one inch long may be conceived as made up of 10 pieces, each one tenth of an inch long; or of 100 parts, each part being StartFraction 1 Over 100 EndFraction of an inch long; or of 1 comma 000 comma 000 parts, each of which is StartFraction 1 Over 1 comma 000 comma 000 EndFraction of an inch long; or, pushing the thought to the limits of conceivability, it may be regarded as made up of an infinite number of elements each of which is infinitesimally small.

Yes, you will say, but what is the use of thinking of anything that [Pg 181] way? Why not think of it straight off, as a whole? The simple reason is that there are a vast number of cases in which one cannot calculate the bigness of the thing as a whole without reckoning up the sum of a lot of small parts. The process of "integrating" is to enable us to calculate totals that otherwise we should be unable to estimate directly.

Let us first take one or two simple cases to familiarize ourselves with this notion of summing up a lot of separate parts.

Consider the series: 1 plus one half plus one fourth plus one eighth plus one sixteenth plus one thirty second plus one sixty fourth plus etc period

Here each member of the series is formed by taking it half the value of the preceding. What is the value of the total if we could go on to an infinite number of terms? Every schoolboy knows that the answer is 2. Think of it, if you like, as a line.

A number line divided into segments 1, 1/2, 1/4, 1/8… — each half the previous. Illustrates a geometric series with ratio ½, visually showing how the segments sum to 2, as 1 + ½ + ¼ + ⅛ + … = 2.

Fig. 46.

Begin with one inch; add a half inch, add a quarter; add an eighth; and so on. If at any point of the operation we stop, there will still be a piece wanting to make up the whole 2 inches; and the piece wanting will always be the same size as the last piece added. Thus, if after having put together 1 comma one half, and one fourth, we stop, there will be one fourth wanting. If we go on till we have added one sixty fourth, there will still be one sixty fourth wanting. The remainder needed will always be equal to the last term added. By an infinite number of operations only should we reach the actual 2 inches. Practically we should reach it when we got to pieces so small that they [Pg 182] could not be drawn-that would be after about 10 terms, for the eleventh term is StartFraction 1 Over 1024 EndFraction. If we want to go so far that not even a Whitworth's measuring machine would detect it, we should merely have to go to about 20 terms. A microscope would not show even the 18 Superscript th term! So the infinite number of operations is no such dreadful thing after all. The integral is simply the whole lot. But, as we shall see, there are cases in which the integral calculus enables us to get at the exact total that there would be as the result of an infinite number of operations. In such cases the integral calculus gives us a rapid and easy way of getting at a result that would otherwise require an interminable lot of elaborate working out. So we had best lose no time in learning how to integrate.

Slopes of Curves, and the Curves themselves.

Let us make a little preliminary enquiry about the slopes of curves. For we have seen that differentiating a curve means finding an expression for its slope (or for its slopes at different points). Can we perform the reverse process of reconstructing the whole curve if the slope (or slopes) are prescribed for us?

Go back to case (2) on p. 82. Here we have the simplest of curves, a sloping line with the equation y equals a x plus b period

[Pg 183]

Same as previous figure but with more steps (~9), starting at b, staircase undershooting a straight line. Finer intervals show the discrete approximation converging closer to the continuous linear function — illustrating how smaller steps improve accuracy.

Fig. 47.

We know that here b represents the initial height of y when x equals 0, and that a, which is the same as StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction, is the "slope" of the line. The line has a constant slope. All along it the elementary triangles white left pointing small triangle have the same proportion between height and base. Suppose we were to take the d x's, and d y's of finite magnitude, so that 10 d x's made up one inch, then there would be ten little triangles like

Ten identical right triangles in a row — each with the same rise/run ratio, illustrating constant slope. Represents the building blocks of a linear function, where every equal Δx step produces the same Δy, reinforcing uniform rate of change.

Now, suppose that we were ordered to reconstruct the "curve," starting merely from the information that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a. What could we do? Still taking the little d's as of finite size, we could draw 10 of them, all with the same slope, and then put them together, end to end, like this:

Two parallel staircases — solid (from O) and dashed (shifted up by c) — both approximating the same slope. Illustrates that adding constant c shifts the function vertically without changing the derivative, showing geometrically why the constant vanishes when differentiating.

Fig. 48.

And, as the slope is the same for all, they would join to make, as in Fig. 48, a sloping line sloping with the correct slope StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a. And whether we take the d y's and d x's as finite or infinitely small, as they are all alike, clearly StartFraction y Over x EndFraction equals a, if we reckon y as the total of all the d y's, and x as the total of all the d x's. But whereabouts [Pg 184] are we to put this sloping line? Are we to start at the origin upper O, or higher up? As the only information we have is as to the slope, we are without any instructions as to the particular height above upper O; in fact the initial height is undetermined. The slope will be the same, whatever the initial height. Let us therefore make a shot at what may be wanted, and start the sloping line at a height upper C above upper O. That is, we have the equation y equals a x plus upper C period

It becomes evident now that in this case the added constant means the particular value that y has when x equals 0.

Now let us take a harder case, that of a line, the slope of which is not constant, but turns up more and more. Let us assume that the upward slope gets greater and greater in proportion as x grows. In [Pg 185] symbols this is: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a x period Or, to give a concrete case, take a equals one fifth, so that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one fifth x period

Then we had best begin by calculating a few of the values of the slope at different values of x, and also draw little diagrams of them.

When StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column x equals 0 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0 comma 3rd Column hyphen 2nd Row 1st Column x equals 1 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.2 comma 3rd Column white left pointing small triangle 3rd Row 1st Column x equals 2 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.4 comma 3rd Column white left pointing small triangle 4th Row 1st Column x equals 3 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.6 comma 3rd Column white left pointing small triangle 5th Row 1st Column x equals 4 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0.8 comma 3rd Column white left pointing small triangle 6th Row 1st Column x equals 5 comma 2nd Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 1.0 period 3rd Column white left pointing small triangle EndLayout

Now try to put the pieces together, setting each so that the middle of its base is the proper distance to the right, and so that they fit together at the corners; thus (Fig. 49). The result is, of course, not a smooth curve: but it is an approximation to one. If we had taken bits half as long, and twice as numerous, like Fig. 50, we should have a better approximation. But for a perfect curve we ought to take each d x and its corresponding d y infinitesimally small, and infinitely numerous.

[Pg 186]

A staircase with growing step heights approximating a concave-up curve to point P — directly linking previous figure's increasing triangles to a curve. Each step's rise is larger than the last, showing accelerating growth where the discrete steps underestimate the continuous curve.

Fig. 49.

Then, how much ought the value of any y to be? Clearly, at any point upper P of the curve, the value of y will be the sum of all the little d y's from 0 up to that level, that is to say, integral d y equals y. And as each d y is equal to one fifth x dot d x, it follows that the whole y will be equal to the sum of all such bits as one fifth x dot d x, or, as we should write it, integral one fifth x dot d x.

Same as previous figure but with finer steps (~10) approximating the same concave-up curve to P. Smaller intervals reduce the undershoot gap, showing the staircase converging to the curve as step size decreases — illustrating improved accuracy with finer discretization.

Fig. 50.

Now if x had been constant, integral one fifth x dot d x would have been the same as one fifth x integral d x, or one fifth x squared. But x began by being 0, and increases to the particular [Pg 187] value of x at the point upper P, so that its average value from 0 to that point is one half x. Hence integral one fifth x d x equals one tenth x squared; or y equals one tenth x squared.

A concave-up curve starting at c (y-intercept), rising steeply to total height y over horizontal span x. Braces separate the initial value c from the accumulated growth y−c, illustrating how a function decomposes into its initial condition plus net change.

Fig. 51.

But, as in the previous case, this requires the addition of an undetermined constant upper C, because we have not been told at what height above the origin the curve will begin, when x equals 0. So we write, as the equation of the curve drawn in Fig. 51, y equals one tenth x squared plus upper C period


Exercises XVI. (See page 264 for Answers.)

(1) Find the ultimate sum of two thirds plus one third plus one sixth plus one twelfth plus one twenty fourth plus etc.

(2) Show that the series 1 minus one half plus one third minus one fourth plus one fifth minus one sixth plus one seventh etc., is convergent, and find its sum to 8 terms.

(3) If log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis equals x minus StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction minus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 4 EndFraction plus etc., find log Subscript epsilon Baseline 1.3.

[Pg 188]

(4) Following a reasoning similar to that explained in this chapter, find y, left parenthesis a right parenthesis if StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one fourth x semicolon left parenthesis b right parenthesis if StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals cosine x period

(5) If StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x plus 3, find y.


[Pg 189]

CHAPTER XVIII.
INTEGRATING AS THE REVERSE OF DIFFERENTIATING.

DIFFERENTIATING is the process by which when y is given us (as a function of x ), we can find StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction.

Like every other mathematical operation, the process of differentiation may be reversed; thus, if differentiating y equals x Superscript 4 gives us StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 x cubed; if one begins with StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 x cubed one would say that reversing the process would yield y equals x Superscript 4. But here comes in a curious point. We should get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 x cubed if we had begun with any of the following: x Superscript 4, or x Superscript 4 Baseline plus a, or x Superscript 4 Baseline plus c, or x Superscript 4 with any added constant. So it is clear that in working backwards from StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction to y, one must make provision for the possibility of there being an added constant, the value of which will be undetermined until ascertained in some other way. So, if differentiating x Superscript n yields n x Superscript n minus 1, going backwards from StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals n x Superscript n minus 1 will give us y equals x Superscript n Baseline plus upper C; where upper C stands for the yet undetermined possible constant.

Clearly, in dealing with powers of x, the rule for working backwards will be: Increase the power by 1, then divide by that increased power, and add the undetermined constant.

[Pg 190]

So, in the case where StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x Superscript n Baseline comma working backwards, we get y equals StartFraction 1 Over n plus 1 EndFraction x Superscript n plus 1 Baseline plus upper C period

If differentiating the equation y equals a x Superscript n gives us StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline comma it is a matter of common sense that beginning with StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline comma and reversing the process, will give us y equals a x Superscript n Baseline period So, when we are dealing with a multiplying constant, we must simply put the constant as a multiplier of the result of the integration.

Thus, if StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 4 x squared, the reverse process gives us y equals four thirds x cubed.

But this is incomplete. For we must remember that if we had started with y equals a x Superscript n Baseline plus upper C comma where upper C is any constant quantity whatever, we should equally have found StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline period

So, therefore, when we reverse the process we must always remember to add on this undetermined constant, even if we do not yet know what its value will be.

[Pg 191]

This process, the reverse of differentiating, is called integrating; for it consists in finding the value of the whole quantity y when you are given only an expression for d y or for StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction. Hitherto we have as much as possible kept d y and d x together as a differential coefficient: henceforth we shall more often have to separate them.

If we begin with a simple case, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x squared period

We may write this, if we like, as d y equals x squared d x period

Now this is a "differential equation" which informs us that an element of y is equal to the corresponding element of x multiplied by x squared. Now, what we want is the integral; therefore, write down with the proper symbol the instructions to integrate both sides, thus: integral d y equals integral x squared d x period

[Note as to reading integrals: the above would be read thus:

"Integral dee-wy equals integral eks-squared dee-eks."]

We haven't yet integrated: we have only written down instructions to integrate—if we can. Let us try. Plenty of other fools can do it-why not we also? The left-hand side is simplicity itself. The sum of all the bits of y is the same thing as y itself. So we may at once put: y equals integral x squared d x period

[Pg 192]

But when we come to the right-hand side of the equation we must remember that what we have got to sum up together is not all the d x's, but all such terms as x squared d x; and this will not be the same as x squared integral d x, because x squared is not a constant. For some of the d x's will be multiplied by big values of x squared, and some will be multiplied by small values of x squared, according to what x happens to be. So we must bethink ourselves as to what we know about this process of integration being the reverse of differentiation. Now, our rule for this reversed process—see p. 189 ante—when dealing with x Superscript n is "increase the power by one, and divide by the same number as this increased power." That is to say, x squared d x will be changed[5] to one third x cubed. Put this into the equation; but don't forget to add the "constant of integration" upper C at the end. So we get: y equals one third x cubed plus upper C period

You have actually performed the integration. How easy!

Let us try another simple case.

Let StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a x Superscript 12 Baseline comma where a is any constant multiplier. Well, we found when differentiating (see p. 27) that any constant factor in the value of y reappeared[Pg 193] unchanged in the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction. In the reversed process of integrating, it will therefore also reappear in the value of y. So we may go to work as before, thus StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals a x Superscript 12 Baseline dot d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column integral d y 2nd Column equals integral a x Superscript 12 Baseline dot d x comma 3rd Row 1st Column integral d y 2nd Column equals a integral x Superscript 12 Baseline d x comma 4th Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals a times one thirteenth x Superscript 13 Baseline plus upper C period EndLayout

So that is done. How easy!

We begin to realize now that integrating is a process of finding our way back, as compared with differentiating. If ever, during differentiating, we have found any particular expression-in this example a x Superscript 12—we can find our way back to the y from which it was derived. The contrast between the two processes may be illustrated by the following remark due to a well-known teacher. If a stranger were set down in Trafalgar Square, and told to find his way to Euston Station, he might find the task hopeless. But if he had previously been personally conducted from Euston Station to Trafalgar Square, it would be comparatively easy to him to find his way back to Euston Station.

Integration of the Sum or Difference of two Functions.

Let StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x squared plus x cubed comma then d y equals x squared d x plus x cubed d x period

[Pg 194]

There is no reason why we should not integrate each term separately: for, as may be seen on p. 34, we found that when we differentiated the sum of two separate functions, the differential coefficient was simply the sum of the two separate differentiations. So, when we work backwards, integrating, the integration will be simply the sum of the two separate integrations.

Our instructions will then be: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral d y 2nd Column equals integral left parenthesis x squared plus x cubed right parenthesis d x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals integral x squared d x plus integral x cubed d x 3rd Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals one third x cubed plus one fourth x Superscript 4 Baseline plus upper C period EndLayout

If either of the terms had been a negative quantity, the corresponding term in the integral would have also been negative. So that differences are as readily dealt with as sums.

How to deal with Constant Terms.

Suppose there is in the expression to be integrated a constant term—such as this: StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x Superscript n Baseline plus b period

This is laughably easy. For you have only to remember that when you differentiated the expression y equals a x, the result was StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a. Hence, when you work the other way and integrate, the constant [Pg 195] reappears multiplied by x. So we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals x Superscript n Baseline d x plus b dot d x comma 2nd Row 1st Column integral d y 2nd Column equals integral x Superscript n Baseline d x plus integral b d x comma 3rd Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over n plus 1 EndFraction x Superscript n plus 1 Baseline plus b x plus upper C period EndLayout

Here are a lot of examples on which to try your newly acquired powers.


Examples.

(1) Given StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 24 x Superscript 11. Find y period Ans. y equals 2 x Superscript 12 Baseline plus upper C.

(2) Find integral left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis d x. It is left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis integral left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis d x or left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis left bracket integral x d x plus integral d x right bracket or left parenthesis a plus b right parenthesis left parenthesis StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction plus x right parenthesis plus upper C.

(3) Given StartFraction d u Over d t EndFraction equals g t Superscript one half. Find u. Ans. u equals two thirds g t Superscript three halves Baseline plus upper C.

(4) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x cubed minus x squared plus x. Find y. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals left parenthesis x cubed minus x squared plus x right parenthesis d x or 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column d y equals x cubed d x minus x squared d x plus x d x semicolon y equals integral x cubed d x minus integral x squared d x plus integral x d x semicolon EndLayout and y equals one fourth x Superscript 4 Baseline minus one third x cubed plus one half x squared plus upper C period

(5) Integrate 9.75 x Superscript 2.25 Baseline d x. Ans. y equals 3 x Superscript 3.25 Baseline plus upper C.


[Pg 196]

All these are easy enough. Let us try another case.

Let StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a x Superscript negative 1.

Proceeding as before, we will write d y equals a x Superscript negative 1 Baseline dot d x comma integral d y equals a integral x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x period

Well, but what is the integral of x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x?

If you look back amongst the results of differentiating x squared and x cubed and x Superscript n, etc., you will find we never got x Superscript negative 1 from any one of them as the value of StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction. We got 3 x squared from x cubed; we got 2 x from x squared; we got 1 from x Superscript 1 (that is, from x itself); but we did not get x Superscript negative 1 from x Superscript 0, for two very good reasons. First, x Superscript 0 is simply equals 1, and is a constant, and could not have a differential coefficient. Secondly, even if it could be differentiated, its differential coefficient (got by slavishly following the usual rule) would be 0 times x Superscript negative 1, and that multiplication by zero gives it zero value! Therefore when we now come to try to integrate x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x, we see that it does not come in anywhere in the powers of x that are given by the rule: integral x Superscript n Baseline d x equals StartFraction 1 Over n plus 1 EndFraction x Superscript n plus 1 Baseline period It is an exceptional case.

Well; but try again. Look through all the various differentials obtained from various functions of x, and try to find amongst them x Superscript negative 1. A sufficient search will show that we actually did get StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals x Superscript negative 1 as the result of differentiating the function y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x (see p. 145).

[Pg 197]

Then, of course, since we know that differentiating log Subscript epsilon Baseline x gives us x Superscript negative 1, we know that, by reversing the process, integrating d y equals x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x will give us y equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x. But we must not forget the constant factor a that was given, nor must we omit to add the undetermined constant of integration. This then gives us as the solution to the present problem, y equals a log Subscript epsilon Baseline x plus upper C period

N.B.—Here note this very remarkable fact, that we could not have integrated in the above case if we had not happened to know the corresponding differentiation. If no one had found out that differentiating log Subscript epsilon Baseline x gave x Superscript negative 1, we should have been utterly stuck by the problem how to integrate x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x. Indeed it should be frankly admitted that this is one of the curious features of the integral calculus:—that you can't integrate anything before the reverse process of differentiating something else has yielded that expression which you want to integrate. No one, even to-day, is able to find the general integral of the expression, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a Superscript minus x squared Baseline comma because a Superscript minus x squared has never yet been found to result from differentiating anything else.

Another simple case.

Find integral left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis d x.

On looking at the function to be integrated, you remark that it is the product of two different functions of x. You could, you think, integrate left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis d x by itself, or left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis d x by itself. Of course you could. But what to do with a product? None of [Pg 198] the differentiations you have learned have yielded you for the differential coefficient a product like this. Failing such, the simplest thing is to multiply up the two functions, and then integrate. This gives us integral left parenthesis x squared plus 3 x plus 2 right parenthesis d x period And this is the same as integral x squared d x plus integral 3 x d x plus integral 2 d x period And performing the integrations, we get one third x cubed plus three halves x squared plus 2 x plus upper C period

Some other Integrals.

Now that we know that integration is the reverse of differentiation, we may at once look up the differential coefficients we already know, and see from what functions they were derived. This gives us the following integrals ready made: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column x Superscript negative 1 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 145 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column Blank 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over x plus a EndFraction 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 145 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column integral StartFraction 1 Over x plus a EndFraction d x 3rd Row 1st Column epsilon Superscript x 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 139 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column integral epsilon Superscript x Baseline d x 4th Row 1st Column epsilon Superscript negative x 2nd Column Blank 3rd Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline x plus upper C period 5th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column Blank 3rd Column integral epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline d x 6th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline plus upper C period 7th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline plus upper C EndLayout [Pg 199] (for if y equals minus StartFraction 1 Over epsilon Superscript x Baseline EndFraction comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction epsilon Superscript x Baseline times 0 minus 1 times epsilon Superscript x Baseline Over epsilon Superscript 2 x Baseline EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript negative x ). StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column sine x 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 165 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column integral sine x d x equals minus cosine x plus upper C period 2nd Row 1st Column cosine x 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 163 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column integral cosine x d x equals sine x plus upper C period EndLayout

Also we may deduce the following: log Subscript epsilon Baseline x semicolon integral log Subscript epsilon Baseline x d x equals x left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C (for if y equals x log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus x comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction x Over x EndFraction plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus 1 equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline x). StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript 10 Baseline x semicolon 2nd Column Blank 3rd Column integral log Subscript 10 Baseline x d x 4th Column equals 0.4343 x left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C period 2nd Row 1st Column a Superscript x 2nd Column left parenthesis p period 146 right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Column integral a Superscript x Baseline d x 4th Column equals StartFraction a Superscript x Baseline Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction plus upper C period 3rd Row 1st Column cosine a x semicolon 2nd Column Blank 3rd Column integral cosine a x d x 4th Column equals StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction sine a x plus upper C EndLayout (for if y equals sine a x comma StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals a cosine a x; hence to get cosine a x one must differentiate y equals StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction sine a x). sine a x semicolon integral sine a x d x equals minus StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction cosine a x plus upper C period

Try also cosine squared theta; a little dodge will simplify matters: StartLayout 1st Row  cosine 2 theta equals cosine squared theta minus sine squared theta equals 2 cosine squared theta minus 1 semicolon 2nd Row  hence cosine squared theta equals one half left parenthesis cosine 2 theta plus 1 right parenthesis comma EndLayout [Pg 200] and StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral cosine squared theta d theta 2nd Column equals one half integral left parenthesis cosine 2 theta plus 1 right parenthesis d theta 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals one half integral cosine 2 theta d theta plus one half integral d theta period 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 4 EndFraction plus StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction plus upper C period left parenthesis See also p period 225 right parenthesis period EndLayout

See also the Table of Standard Forms on pp. 249-251. You should make such a table for yourself, putting in it only the general functions which you have successfully differentiated and integrated. See to it that it grows steadily!

On Double and Triple Integrals.

In many cases it is necessary to integrate some expression for two or more variables contained in it; and in that case the sign of integration appears more than once. Thus, double integral f left parenthesis x comma y comma right parenthesis d x d y means that some function of the variables x and y has to be integrated for each. It does not matter in which order they are done. Thus, take the function x squared plus y squared. Integrating it with respect to x gives us: integral left parenthesis x squared plus y squared right parenthesis d x equals one third x cubed plus x y squared period

Now, integrate this with respect to y: integral left parenthesis one third x cubed plus x y squared right parenthesis d y equals one third x cubed y plus one third x y cubed comma [Pg 201] to which of course a constant is to be added. If we had reversed the order of the operations, the result would have been the same.

In dealing with areas of surfaces and of solids, we have often to integrate both for length and breadth, and thus have integrals of the form double integral u dot d x d y comma where u is some property that depends, at each point, on x and on y. This would then be called a surface-integral. It indicates that the value of all such elements as u dot d x dot d y (that is to say, of the value of u over a little rectangle d x long and d y broad) has to be summed up over the whole length and whole breadth.

Similarly in the case of solids, where we deal with three dimensions. Consider any element of volume, the small cube whose dimensions are d x d y d z. If the figure of the solid be expressed by the function f left parenthesis x comma y comma z right parenthesis, then the whole solid will have the volume-integral, volume equals triple integral f left parenthesis x comma y comma z right parenthesis dot d x dot d y dot d z period Naturally, such integrations have to be taken between appropriate limits[6] in each dimension; and the integration cannot be performed unless one knows in what way the boundaries of the surface depend on x, y, and z. If the limits for x are from x 1 to x 2, those for y from y 1 to y 2, and those for z from z 1 to z 2, then clearly we have volume equals integral Subscript z Baseline 1 Superscript z Baseline 2 Baseline integral Subscript y Baseline 1 Superscript y Baseline 2 Baseline integral Subscript x Baseline 1 Superscript x Baseline 2 Baseline f left parenthesis x comma y comma z right parenthesis dot d x dot d y dot d z period

[Pg 202]

There are of course plenty of complicated and difficult cases; but, in general, it is quite easy to see the significance of the symbols where they are intended to indicate that a certain integration has to be performed over a given surface, or throughout a given solid space.


Exercises XVII. (See p. 264 for the Answers.)

(1) Find integral y d x when y squared equals 4 a x.

(2) Find integral StartFraction 3 Over x Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction d x.

(3) Find integral StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction x cubed d x.

(4) Find integral left parenthesis x squared plus a right parenthesis d x.

(5) Integrate 5 x Superscript negative seven halves.

(6) Find integral left parenthesis 4 x cubed plus 3 x squared plus 2 x plus 1 right parenthesis d x.

(7) If StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a x Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction b x squared Over 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction c x cubed Over 4 EndFraction; find y.

(8) Find integral left parenthesis StartFraction x squared plus a Over x plus a EndFraction right parenthesis d x.

(9) Find integral left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis cubed d x.

(10) Find integral left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis d x.

(11) Find integral left parenthesis StartRoot x EndRoot plus RootIndex 3 StartRoot x EndRoot right parenthesis 3 a squared d x.

(12) Find integral left parenthesis sine theta minus one half right parenthesis StartFraction d theta Over 3 EndFraction.

(13) Find integral cosine squared a theta d theta.

(14) Find integral sine squared theta d theta.

[Pg 203]

(15) Find integral sine squared a theta d theta.

(16) Find integral epsilon Superscript 3 x Baseline d x.

(17) Find integral StartFraction d x Over 1 plus x EndFraction.

(18) Find integral StartFraction d x Over 1 minus x EndFraction.

FOOTNOTES:

[5] [You may ask, what has become of the little d x at the end? Well, remember that it was really part of the differential coefficient, and when changed over to the right-hand side, as in the x squared d x, serves as a reminder that x is the independent variable with respect to which the operation is to be effected; and, as the result of the product being totalled up, the power of x has increased by one. You will soon become familiar with all this.]

[6] See p. 206 for integration between limits.


[Pg 204]

CHAPTER XIX.
ON FINDING AREAS BY INTEGRATING.

ONE use of the integral calculus is to enable us to ascertain the values of areas bounded by curves.

Let us try to get at the subject bit by bit.

A curve from A to B with shaded area between x₁ (M) and x₂ (N), bounded by heights y₁ (at P) and y₂ (at Q). Illustrates a definite integral — the shaded region represents ∫from x₁ to x₂ of y dx, with vertical strips showing the area accumulation.

Fig. 52.

Let upper A upper B (Fig. 52) be a curve, the equation to which is known. That is, y in this curve is some known function of x. Think of a piece of the curve from the point upper P to the point upper Q.

[Pg 205]

Let a perpendicular upper P upper M be dropped from upper P, and another upper Q upper N from the point upper Q. Then call upper O upper M equals x 1 and upper O upper N equals x 2, and the ordinates upper P upper M equals y 1 and upper Q upper N equals y 2. We have thus marked out the area upper P upper Q upper N upper M that lies beneath the piece upper P upper Q. The problem is, how can we calculate the value of this area?

A single narrow vertical strip with a slightly curved top — one infinitesimal element y·dx of the integral from previous figure, isolating the basic building block of Riemann integration.

The secret of solving this problem is to conceive the area as being divided up into a lot of narrow strips, each of them being of the width d x. The smaller we take d x, the more of them there will be between x 1 and x 2. Now, the whole area is clearly equal to the sum of the areas of all such strips. Our business will then be to discover an expression for the area of any one narrow strip, and to integrate it so as to add together all the strips. Now think of any one of the strips. will be like this: being bounded between two vertical sides, with a flat bottom d x, and with a slightly curved sloping top. Suppose we take its average height as being y; then, as its width is d x, its area will be y d x. And seeing that we may take the width as narrow as we please, if we only take it narrow enough its average height will be the same as the height at the middle of it. Now let us call the unknown value of the whole area upper S, meaning surface. The area of one strip will be simply a bit of the whole area, and may therefore be called d upper S. So we may write area of 1 strip equals d upper S equals y dot d x period If then we add up all the strips, we get total area upper S equals integral d upper S equals integral y d x period

[Pg 206]

So then our finding upper S depends on whether we can integrate y dot d x for the particular case, when we know what the value of y is as a function of x.

For instance, if you were told that for the particular curve in question y equals b plus a x squared, no doubt you could put that value into the expression and say: then I must find integral left parenthesis b plus a x squared right parenthesis d x.

That is all very well; but a little thought will show you that something more must be done. Because the area we are trying to find is not the area under the whole length of the curve, but only the area limited on the left by upper P upper M, and on the right by upper Q upper N, it follows that we must do something to define our area between those 'limits.'

This introduces us to a new notion, namely that of integrating between limits. We suppose x to vary, and for the present purpose we do not require any value of x below x 1 (that is upper O upper M ), nor any value of x above x 2 (that is upper O upper N ). When an integral is to be thus defined between two limits, we call the lower of the two values the inferior limit, and the upper value the superior limit. Any integral so limited we designate as a definite integral, by way of distinguishing it from a general integral to which no limits are assigned.

In the symbols which give instructions to integrate, the limits are marked by putting them at the top and bottom respectively of the sign of integration. Thus the instruction integral Subscript x equals x 1 Superscript x equals x 2 Baseline y dot d x will be read: find the integral of y dot d x between the inferior limit x 1 and the superior limit x 2.

[Pg 207]

Sometimes the thing is written more simply integral Subscript x 1 Superscript x 2 Baseline y dot d x period Well, but how do you find an integral between limits, when you have got these instructions?

Look again at Fig. 52 (p. 204). Suppose we could find the area under the larger piece of curve from upper A to upper Q, that is from x equals 0 to x equals x 2, naming the area upper A upper Q upper N upper O. Then, suppose we could find the area under the smaller piece from upper A to upper P, that is from x equals 0 to x equals x 1, namely the area upper A upper P upper M upper O. If then we were to subtract the smaller area from the larger, we should have left as a remainder the area upper P upper Q upper N upper M, which is what we want. Here we have the clue as to what to do; the definite integral between the two limits is the difference between the integral worked out for the superior limit and the integral worked out for the lower limit.

Let us then go ahead. First, find the general integral thus: integral y d x comma and, as y equals b plus a x squared is the equation to the curve (Fig. 52), integral left parenthesis b plus a x squared right parenthesis d x is the general integral which we must find.

Doing the integration in question by the rule (p. 193), we get b x plus StartFraction a Over 3 EndFraction x cubed plus upper C semicolon and this will be the whole area from 0 up to any value of x that we may assign.

[Pg 208]

Therefore, the larger area up to the superior limit x 2 will be b x 2 plus StartFraction a Over 3 EndFraction x 2 cubed plus upper C semicolon and the smaller area up to the inferior limit x 1 will be b x 1 plus StartFraction a Over 3 EndFraction x 1 cubed plus upper C period

Now, subtract the smaller from the larger, and we get for the area upper S the value, area upper S equals b left parenthesis x 2 minus x 1 right parenthesis plus StartFraction a Over 3 EndFraction left parenthesis x 2 cubed minus x 1 cubed right parenthesis period

This is the answer we wanted. Let us give some numerical values. Suppose b equals 10 comma a equals 0.06, and x 2 equals 8 and x 1 equals 6. Then the area upper S is equal to StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column 10 left parenthesis 8 minus 6 right parenthesis plus StartFraction 0.06 Over 3 EndFraction left parenthesis 8 cubed minus 6 cubed right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 20 plus 0.02 left parenthesis 512 minus 216 right parenthesis 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 20 plus 0.02 times 296 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 20 plus 5.92 5th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 25.92 period EndLayout

Let us here put down a symbolic way of stating what we have ascertained about limits: integral Subscript x equals x 1 Superscript x equals x 2 Baseline y d x equals y 2 minus y 1 comma where y 2 is the integrated value of y d x corresponding to x 2, and y 1 that corresponding to x 1.

[Pg 209]

All integration between limits requires the difference between two values to be thus found. Also note that, in making the subtraction the added constant upper C has disappeared.

Examples.

(1) To familiarize ourselves with the process, let us take a case of which we know the answer beforehand. Let us find the area of the triangle (Fig. 53), which has base x equals 12 and height y equals 4. We know beforehand, from obvious mensuration, that the answer will come 24.

A triangle with base 12 and height 4, filled with vertical strips — illustrating the integral of a linear function y = x/3 from 0 to 12. The area = ½ × 12 × 4 = 24, showing integration as triangular area accumulation.

Fig. 53.

Now, here we have as the "curve" a sloping line for which the equation is y equals StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction period

The area in question will be integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 12 Baseline y dot d x equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 12 Baseline StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction dot d x period

Integrating StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction d x (p. 192), and putting down the value of the general integral in square brackets with the limits marked above and below, we get[Pg 210] StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column area 2nd Column equals left bracket one third dot one half x squared right bracket Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 12 Baseline plus upper C 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left bracket StartFraction x squared Over 6 EndFraction right bracket Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 12 Baseline plus upper C 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left bracket StartFraction 12 squared Over 6 EndFraction right bracket minus left bracket StartFraction 0 squared Over 6 EndFraction right bracket 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 144 Over 6 EndFraction equals 24 period Ans period EndLayout

A linear function with shaded rectangular strips from x=3 to x=12, divided at x=6 and x=9 — showing a right Riemann sum approximation. Each rectangle's height is taken at the left endpoint, illustrating how the sum underestimates the triangular area beneath the line.

Fig. 54.

Let us satisfy ourselves about this rather surprising dodge of calculation, by testing it on a simple example. Get some squared paper, preferably some that is ruled in little squares of one-eighth inch or one-tenth inch each way. On this squared paper plot out the graph of the equation, y equals StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction period

The values to be plotted will be:

x 0 3 6 9 12
y 0 1 2 3 4

[Pg 211]

The plot is given in Fig. 54.

Now reckon out the area beneath the curve by counting the little squares below the line, from x equals 0 as far as x equals 12 on the right. There are 18 whole squares and four triangles, each of which has an area equal to 1 and one half squares; or, in total, 24 squares. Hence 24 is the numerical value of the integral of StartFraction x Over 3 EndFraction d x between the lower limit of x equals 0 and the higher limit of x equals 12.

As a further exercise, show that the value of the same integral between the limits of x equals 3 and x equals 15 is 36.

A hyperbola-like decaying curve with vertical strips showing the integral from 0 to x, starting at height b/a on the y-axis. The curve extends left of O (dashed), illustrating the area under a function like y = b/(a+x) — suggesting a logarithmic integral accumulating as x grows.

Fig. 55.

(2) Find the area, between limits x equals x 1 and x equals 0, of the curve y equals StartFraction b Over x plus a EndFraction. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Area 2nd Column equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals x 1 Baseline y dot d x equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals x 1 Baseline StartFraction b Over x plus a EndFraction d x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b left bracket log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript x 1 Baseline plus upper C 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b left bracket log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x 1 plus a right parenthesis minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis 0 plus a right parenthesis right bracket 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction x 1 plus a Over a EndFraction period Ans period EndLayout

[Pg 212]

N.B.—Notice that in dealing with definite integrals the constant upper C always disappears by subtraction.

Two concentric circles with radii r₁ (inner) and r₂ (outer), illustrating an annulus. The shaded ring area = π(r₂² − r₁²) — a classic integration application showing area as the difference between two circles.

Fig. 56.

Let it be noted that this process of subtracting one part from a larger to find the difference is really a common practice. How do you find the area of a plane ring (Fig. 56), the outer radius of which is r 2 and the inner radius is r 1? You know from mensuration that the area of the outer circle is pi r 2 squared; then you find the area of the inner circle, pi r 1 squared; then you subtract the latter from the former, and find area of ring equals pi left parenthesis r 2 squared minus r 1 squared right parenthesis; which may be written pi left parenthesis r 2 plus r 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis r 2 minus r 1 right parenthesis equals mean circumference of ring × width of ring.

(3) Here's another case - that of the die-away curve (p. 153). Find the area between x equals 0 and x equals a, of the curve (Fig. 57) whose equation is StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals b epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline period 2nd Row 1st Column Area 2nd Column equals b integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals a Baseline epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline dot d x period EndLayout

[Pg 213]

The integration (p. 198) gives StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b left bracket minus epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript a Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b left bracket minus epsilon Superscript negative a Baseline minus left parenthesis minus epsilon Superscript negative 0 Baseline right parenthesis right bracket 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals b left parenthesis 1 minus epsilon Superscript negative a Baseline right parenthesis period EndLayout

A decaying curve starting at b, with vertical strips showing the definite integral from 0 to a. The shaded area represents ∫₀ᵃ y dx — illustrating finite area under an exponential-like decay curve, despite the curve continuing beyond x = a.

Fig. 57.

A p-V diagram with a hyperbolic curve (Boyle's Law: pV = constant). Vertical strips show work done = ∫p dv from v₁ to v₂, with pressure dropping from p₁ to p₂ — the shaded area represents thermodynamic work during isothermal expansion.

Fig. 58.

(4) Another example is afforded by the adiabatic curve of a perfect gas, the equation to which is p v Superscript n Baseline equals c, where p stands for pressure, v for volume, and n is of the value 1.42 (Fig. 58).

Find the area under the curve (which is proportional to the work done in suddenly compressing the gas) from volume v 2 to volume v 1.

Here we have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column a r e a 2nd Column equals integral Subscript v equals v 1 Superscript v equals v 2 Baseline c v Superscript negative n Baseline dot d v 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals c left bracket StartFraction 1 Over 1 minus n EndFraction v Superscript 1 minus n Baseline right bracket Subscript v 1 Superscript v 2 Baseline 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals c StartFraction 1 Over 1 minus n EndFraction left parenthesis v 2 Superscript 1 minus n Baseline minus v 1 Superscript 1 minus n Baseline right parenthesis 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction negative c Over 0.42 EndFraction left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over v 2 Superscript 0.42 Baseline EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over v 1 Superscript 0.42 Baseline EndFraction right parenthesis period EndLayout

[Pg 214]

An Exercise.

Prove the ordinary mensuration formula, that the area upper A of a circle whose radius is upper R, is equal to pi upper R squared.

A circle of radius R with a thin ring of width dr at radius r (dashed). Illustrates integrating circular area as concentric rings: dA = 2πr·dr, so ∫₀ᴿ 2πr dr = πR² — building up area element by element radially.

Fig. 59.

Consider an elementary zone or annulus of the surface (Fig. 59), of breadth d r, situated at a distance r from the centre. We may consider the entire surface as consisting of such narrow zones, and the whole area upper A will simply be the integral of all such elementary zones from centre to margin, that is, integrated from r equals 0 to r equals upper R.

We have therefore to find an expression for the elementary area d upper A of the narrow zone. Think of it as a strip of breadth d r, and of a length that is the periphery of the circle of radius r, that is, a length of 2 pi r. Then we have, as the area of the narrow zone, d upper A equals 2 pi r d r period

Hence the area of the whole circle will be: upper A equals integral d upper A equals integral Subscript r equals 0 Superscript r equals upper R Baseline 2 pi r dot d r equals 2 pi integral Subscript r equals 0 Superscript r equals upper R Baseline r dot d r period

[Pg 215]

Now, the general integral of r dot d r is one half r squared. Therefore, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column upper A equals 2 pi left bracket one half r squared right bracket Subscript r equals 0 Superscript r equals upper R Baseline semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column or 2nd Column upper A equals 2 pi left bracket one half upper R squared minus one half left parenthesis 0 right parenthesis squared right bracket semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column whence 2nd Column upper A equals pi upper R squared period EndLayout

Another Exercise.

A bell-shaped curve over interval 1 (O to N), with peak M and marked height 1/4 at center. Vertical strips show the definite integral — likely y = x(1−x), where the area = ∫₀¹ x(1−x)dx = 1/6, illustrating integration of a simple parabolic arch.

Fig. 60.

Let us find the mean ordinate of the positive part of the curve y equals x minus x squared, which is shown in Fig. 60. To find the mean ordinate, we shall have to find the area of the piece upper O upper M upper N, and then divide it by the length of the base upper O upper N. But before we can find the area we must ascertain the length of the base, so as to know up to what limit we are to integrate. At upper N the ordinate y has zero value; therefore, we must look at the equation and see what value of x will make y equals 0. Now, clearly, if x is 0 comma y will also be 0, the curve passing through the origin upper O; but also, if x equals 1 comma y equals 0; so that x equals 1 gives us the position of the point upper N.

[Pg 216]

Then the area wanted is StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 1 Baseline left parenthesis x minus x squared right parenthesis d x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left bracket one half x squared minus one third x cubed right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript 1 Baseline 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals left bracket one half minus one third right bracket minus left bracket 0 minus 0 right bracket 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals one sixth period EndLayout

But the base length is 1.

Therefore, the average ordinate of the curve equals one sixth.

[N.B.—It will be a pretty and simple exercise in maxima and minima to find by differentiation what is the height of the maximum ordinate. It must be greater than the average.]

The mean ordinate of any curve, over a range from x equals 0 to x equals x 1, is given by the expression, mean y equals StartFraction 1 Over x 1 EndFraction integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals x 1 Baseline y dot d x period

One can also find in the same way the surface area of a solid of revolution.

Example.

The curve y equals x squared minus 5 is revolving about the axis of x. Find the area of the surface generated by the curve between x equals 0 and x equals 6.

A point on the curve, the ordinate of which is y, describes a circumference of length 2 pi y, and a narrow belt of the surface, of width d x, corresponding to this point, has for area 2 pi y d x. The total area is StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column 2 pi integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 6 Baseline y d x 2nd Column equals 2 pi integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 6 Baseline left parenthesis x squared minus 5 right parenthesis d x equals 2 pi left bracket StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction minus 5 x right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript 6 Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 6.28 times 42 equals 263.76 period EndLayout

[Pg 217]

Areas in Polar Coordinates.

A radius r at angle θ with infinitesimal sector dθ between radii OA and OB. Illustrates the area element in polar coordinates: dA = ½r²dθ, the building block for integrating polar areas via ∫½r²dθ.

Fig. 61.

When the equation of the boundary of an area is given as a function of the distance r of a point of it from a fixed point upper O (see Fig. 61) called the pole, and of the angle which r makes with the positive horizontal direction upper O upper X, the process just explained can be applied just as easily, with a small modification. Instead of a strip of area, we consider a small triangle upper O upper A upper B, the angle at upper O being d theta, and we find the sum of all the little triangles making up the required area.

The area of such a small triangle is approximately StartFraction upper A upper B Over 2 EndFraction times r or StartFraction r d theta Over 2 EndFraction times r; hence the portion of the area included between the curve and two positions of r corresponding to the angles theta 1 and theta 2 is given by one half integral Subscript theta equals theta 1 Superscript theta equals theta 2 Baseline r squared d theta period


Examples.

(1) Find the area of the sector of 1 radian in a circumference of radius a inches.

The polar equation of the circumference is evidently r equals a. The area is one half integral Subscript theta equals theta 1 Superscript theta equals theta 2 Baseline a squared d theta equals StartFraction a squared Over 2 EndFraction integral Subscript theta equals 0 Superscript theta equals 1 Baseline d theta equals StartFraction a squared Over 2 EndFraction period

(2) Find the area of the first quadrant of the curve (known as "Pascal's Snail"), the polar equation of which is r equals a left parenthesis 1 plus cosine theta right parenthesis. StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Area 2nd Column equals one half integral Subscript theta equals 0 Superscript theta equals StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction Baseline a squared left parenthesis 1 plus cosine theta right parenthesis squared d theta 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction a squared Over 2 EndFraction integral Subscript theta equals 0 Superscript theta equals StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus 2 cosine theta plus cosine squared theta right parenthesis d theta 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction a squared Over 2 EndFraction left bracket theta plus 2 sine theta plus StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 4 EndFraction right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction Baseline 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction a squared left parenthesis 3 pi plus 8 right parenthesis Over 8 EndFraction period EndLayout

Volumes by Integration.

What we have done with the area of a little strip of a surface, we can, of course, just as easily do with the volume of a little strip of a solid. We can add up all the little strips that make up the total solid, and find its volume, just as we have added up all the small little bits that made up an area to find the final area of the figure operated upon.


Examples.

(1) Find the volume of a sphere of radius r.

A thin spherical shell has for volume 4 pi x squared d x (see Fig. 59, p. 214); summing up all the concentric shells which make up the sphere, [Pg 219] we have volume sphere equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals r Baseline 4 pi x squared d x equals 4 pi left bracket StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript r Baseline equals four thirds pi r cubed period

A circle with a vertical strip of width dx at position x, height 2y (spanning both halves). Illustrates integrating the circle's area as vertical strips: dA = 2y·dx, where y = √(r²−x²), giving ∫₋ᵣʳ 2√(r²−x²)dx = πr².

Fig. 62.

We can also proceed as follows: a slice of the sphere, of thickness d x, has for volume pi y squared d x (see Fig. 62). Also x and y are related by the expression y squared equals r squared minus x squared period StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Hence volume sphere 2nd Column equals 2 integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals r Baseline pi left parenthesis r squared minus x squared right parenthesis d x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 pi left bracket integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals r Baseline r squared d x minus integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals r Baseline x squared d x right bracket 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 pi left bracket r squared x minus StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript r Baseline equals StartFraction 4 pi Over 3 EndFraction r cubed period EndLayout

(2) Find the volume of the solid generated by the revolution of the curve y squared equals 6 x about the axis of x, between x equals 0 and x equals 4.

[Pg 220]

The volume of a strip of the solid is pi y squared d x.

Hence StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column volume 2nd Column equals integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 4 Baseline pi y squared d x equals 6 pi integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals 4 Baseline x d x 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 6 pi left bracket StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction right bracket Subscript 0 Superscript 4 Baseline equals 48 pi equals 150.8 EndLayout

On Quadratic Means.

In certain branches of physics, particularly in the study of alternating electric currents, it is necessary to be able to calculate the quadratic mean of a variable quantity. By "quadratic mean" is denoted the square root of the mean of the squares of all the values between the limits considered. Other names for the quadratic mean of any quantity are its "virtual" value, or its "R.M.S." (meaning root-mean-square) value. The French term is valeur efficace. If y is the function under consideration, and the quadratic mean is to be taken between the limits of x equals 0 and x equals l; then the quadratic mean is expressed as RootIndex 2 StartRoot StartFraction 1 Over l EndFraction integral Subscript 0 Superscript l Baseline y squared d x EndRoot period

Examples.

(1) To find the quadratic mean of the function y equals a x (Fig. 63).

Here the integral is integral Subscript 0 Superscript l Baseline a squared x squared d x, which is one third a squared l cubed. Dividing by l and taking the square root, we have quadratic mean equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 3 EndRoot EndFraction a l period

[Pg 221]

A triangle of base l and height y, filled with vertical strips — integrating a linear function from 0 to l. Area = ½ly, the standard triangle formula derived as ∫₀ˡ (y/l)x dx = ½ly.

Fig. 63.

Here the arithmetical mean is one half a l; and the ratio of quadratic to arithmetical mean (this ratio is called the form-factor) is StartFraction 2 Over StartRoot 3 EndRoot EndFraction equals 1.155.

(2) To find the quadratic mean of the function y equals x Superscript a.

The integral is integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals l Baseline x Superscript 2 a Baseline d x, that is StartFraction l Superscript 2 a plus 1 Baseline Over 2 a plus 1 EndFraction.

Hence quadratic mean equals RootIndex 2 StartRoot StartFraction l Superscript 2 a Baseline Over 2 a plus 1 EndFraction EndRoot period

(3) To find the quadratic mean of the function y equals a Superscript StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction.

The integral is integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals l Baseline left parenthesis a Superscript StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction Baseline right parenthesis squared d x, that is integral Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals l Baseline a Superscript x Baseline d x, or left bracket StartFraction a Superscript x Baseline Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction right bracket Subscript x equals 0 Superscript x equals l Baseline comma which is StartFraction a Superscript l Baseline minus 1 Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction.

Hence the quadratic mean is RootIndex 2 StartRoot StartFraction a Superscript l Baseline minus 1 Over l log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction EndRoot.


Exercises XVIII. (See p. 265 for Answers.)

(1) Find the area of the curve y equals x squared plus x minus 5 between x equals 0 and x equals 6, and the mean ordinates between these limits.

[Pg 222]

(2) Find the area of the parabola y equals 2 a StartRoot x EndRoot between x equals 0 and x equals a. Show that it is two-thirds of the rectangle of the limiting ordinate and of its abscissa.

(3) Find the area of the positive portion of a sine curve and the mean ordinate.

(4) Find the area of the positive portion of the curve y equals sine squared x, and find the mean ordinate.

(5) Find the area included between the two branches of the curve y equals x squared plus or minus x Superscript five halves from x equals 0 to x equals 1, also the area of the positive portion of the lower branch of the curve (see Fig. 30, p. 106).

(6) Find the volume of a cone of radius of base r, and of height h.

(7) Find the area of the curve y equals x cubed minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x between x equals 0 and x equals 1.

(8) Find the volume generated by the curve y equals StartRoot 1 plus x squared EndRoot, as it revolves about the axis of x, between x equals 0 and x equals 4.

(9) Find the volume generated by a sine curve revolving about the axis of x. Find also the area of its surface.

(10) Find the area of the portion of the curve x y equals a included between x equals 1 and x equals a. Find the mean ordinate between these limits.

(11) Show that the quadratic mean of the function y equals sine x, between the limits of 0 and pi radians, is StartFraction StartRoot 2 EndRoot Over 2 EndFraction. Find also the arithmetical mean of the same function between the same limits; and show that the form-factor is equals 1.11.

[Pg 223]

(12) Find the arithmetical and quadratic means of the function x squared plus 3 x plus 2, from x equals 0 to x equals 3.

(13) Find the quadratic mean and the arithmetical mean of the function y equals upper A 1 sine x plus upper A 1 sine 3 x.

(14) A certain curve has the equation y equals 3.42 epsilon Superscript 0.21 x. Find the area included between the curve and the axis of x, from the ordinate at x equals 2 to the ordinate at x equals 8. Find also the height of the mean ordinate of the curve between these points.

(15) Show that the radius of a circle, the area of which is twice the area of a polar diagram, is equal to the quadratic mean of all the values of r for that polar diagram.

(16) Find the volume generated by the curve y equals plus or minus StartFraction x Over 6 EndFraction StartRoot x left parenthesis 10 minus x right parenthesis EndRoot rotating about the axis of x.


[Pg 224]

CHAPTER XX.
DODGES, PITFALLS, AND TRIUMPHS.

Dodges. A great part of the labour of integrating things consists in licking them into some shape that can be integrated. The books-and by this is meant the serious books-on the Integral Calculus are full of plans and methods and dodges and artifices for this kind of work. The following are a few of them.

Integration by Parts. This name is given to a dodge, the formula for which is integral u d x equals u x minus integral x d u plus upper C period

It is useful in some cases that you can't tackle directly, for it shows that if in any case integral x d u can be found, then integral u d x can also be found. The formula can be deduced as follows. From p. 37, we have, d left parenthesis u x right parenthesis equals u d x plus x d u comma which may be written u left parenthesis d x right parenthesis equals d left parenthesis u x right parenthesis minus x d u comma which by direct integration gives the above expression.

[Pg 225]

Examples.

(1) Find integral w dot sine w d w.

Write u equals w, and for sine w dot d w write d x. We shall then have d u equals d w, while integral sine w dot d w equals minus cosine w equals x.

Putting these into the formula, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral w dot sine w d w 2nd Column equals w left parenthesis minus cosine w right parenthesis minus integral minus cosine w d w 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus w cosine w plus sine w plus upper C period EndLayout

(2) Find integral x epsilon Superscript x d x.

Write u equals x comma epsilon Superscript x Baseline d x equals d v semicolon then d u equals d x comma v equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline comma and StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral x epsilon Superscript x d x 2nd Column equals x epsilon Superscript x Baseline minus integral epsilon Superscript x Baseline d x left parenthesis by the formula right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals x epsilon Superscript x Baseline minus epsilon Superscript x Baseline equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C period EndLayout

(3) Try integral cosine squared theta d theta.

u equals cosine theta comma cosine theta d theta equals d v period
StartLayout 1st Row  Hence d u equals minus sine theta d theta comma v equals sine theta comma 2nd Row  integral cosine squared theta d theta equals cosine theta sine theta plus integral sine squared theta d theta 3rd Row  equals StartFraction 2 cosine theta sine theta Over 2 EndFraction plus integral left parenthesis 1 minus cosine squared theta right parenthesis d theta 4th Row  equals StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 2 EndFraction plus integral d theta minus integral cosine squared theta d theta period EndLayout

[Pg 226]

Hence 2 integral cosine squared theta d theta equals StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 2 EndFraction plus theta and integral cosine squared theta d theta equals StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 4 EndFraction plus StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction plus upper C period

(4) Find integral x squared sine x d x.

Write x squared equals u comma sine x d x equals d v semicolon then d u equals 2 x d x comma v equals minus cosine x comma integral x squared sine x d x equals minus x squared cosine x plus 2 integral x cosine x d x period

Now find integral x cosine x d x, integrating by parts (as in Example 1 above): integral x cosine x d x equals x sine x plus cosine x plus upper C period

Hence StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral x squared sine x d x 2nd Column equals minus x squared cosine x plus 2 x sine x plus 2 cosine x plus upper C Superscript prime Baseline 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 left bracket x sine x plus cosine x left parenthesis 1 minus StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction right parenthesis right bracket plus upper C Superscript prime Baseline period EndLayout

(5) Find integral StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot d x.

Write u equals StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot comma d x equals d v semicolon then d u equals minus StartFraction x d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction (see Chap. IX., p. 66). [Pg 227] and x equals v; so that integral StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot d x equals x StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot plus integral StartFraction x squared d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Here we may use a little dodge, for we can write integral StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot d x equals integral StartFraction left parenthesis 1 minus x squared right parenthesis d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction equals integral StartFraction d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction minus integral StartFraction x squared d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Adding these two last equations, we get rid of integral StartFraction x squared d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction, and we have 2 integral StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot d x equals x StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot plus integral StartFraction d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Do you remember meeting StartFraction d x Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction? it is got by differentiating y equals arc sine x (see p. 168); hence its integral is arc sine x, and so integral StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot d x equals StartFraction x StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot Over 2 EndFraction plus one half arc sine x plus upper C period

You can try now some exercises by yourself; you will find some at the end of this chapter.

Substitution. This is the same dodge as explained in Chap. IX., p. 66. Let us illustrate its application to integration by a few examples.

(1) integral StartRoot 3 plus x EndRoot d x.

Let 3 plus x equals u comma d x equals d u semicolon replace integral u Superscript one half Baseline d u equals two thirds u Superscript three halves Baseline equals two thirds left parenthesis 3 plus x right parenthesis Superscript three halves Baseline period

[Pg 228]

(2) integral StartFraction d x Over epsilon Superscript x Baseline plus epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline EndFraction.

Let epsilon Superscript x Baseline equals u comma StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals epsilon Superscript x Baseline comma and d x equals StartFraction d u Over epsilon Superscript x Baseline EndFraction semicolon so that integral StartFraction d x Over epsilon Superscript x Baseline plus epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline EndFraction equals integral StartFraction d u Over epsilon Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis epsilon Superscript x Baseline plus epsilon Superscript negative x Baseline right parenthesis EndFraction equals integral StartStartFraction d u OverOver u left parenthesis u plus StartFraction 1 Over u EndFraction right parenthesis EndEndFraction equals integral StartFraction d u Over u squared plus 1 EndFraction period

StartFraction d u Over 1 plus u squared EndFraction is the result of differentiating arc tangent x. Hence the integral is a r c tangent epsilon Superscript x.

(3) integral StartFraction d x Over x squared plus 2 x plus 3 EndFraction equals integral StartFraction d x Over x squared plus 2 x plus 1 plus 2 EndFraction equals integral StartFraction d x Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared plus left parenthesis StartRoot 2 EndRoot right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

Let x plus 1 equals u comma d x equals d u semicolon then the integral becomes integral StartFraction d u Over u squared plus left parenthesis StartRoot 2 EndRoot right parenthesis squared EndFraction; but StartFraction d u Over u squared plus a squared EndFraction is the result of differentiating u equals StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction arc tangent StartFraction u Over a EndFraction.

Hence one has finally StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction arc tangent StartFraction x plus 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction for the value of the given integral.

Formulæ of Reduction are special forms applicable chiefly to binomial and trigonometrical expressions that have to be integrated, and have to be reduced into some form of which the integral is known.

Rationalization, and Factorization of Denominator are dodges applicable in special cases, but they do not admit of any short or general explanation. Much practice is needed to become familiar with these preparatory processes.

The following example shows how the process of splitting into partial fractions, which we learned in Chap. XIII., p. 118, can be made use of in integration.

[Pg 229]

Take again integral StartFraction d x Over x squared plus 2 x plus 3 EndFraction; if we split StartFraction 1 Over x squared plus 2 x plus 3 EndFraction into partial fractions, this becomes (see p. 230): StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot EndFraction left bracket integral StartFraction d x Over x plus 1 minus StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot EndFraction minus integral StartFraction d x Over x plus 1 plus StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot EndFraction right bracket 2nd Row  equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction x plus 1 minus StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot Over x plus 1 plus StartRoot negative 2 EndRoot EndFraction period EndLayout Notice that the same integral can be expressed sometimes in more than one way (which are equivalent to one another).

Pitfalls. A beginner is liable to overlook certain points that a practised hand would avoid; such as the use of factors that are equivalent to either zero or infinity, and the occurrence of indeterminate quantities such as StartFraction 0 Over 0 EndFraction. There is no golden rule that will meet every possible case. Nothing but practice and intelligent care will avail. An example of a pitfall which had to be circumvented arose in Chap. XVIII., p. 189, when we came to the problem of integrating x Superscript negative 1 Baseline d x.

Triumphs. By triumphs must be understood the successes with which the calculus has been applied to the solution of problems otherwise intractable. Often in the consideration of physical relations one is able to build up an expression for the law governing the interaction of the parts or of the forces that govern them, such expression being naturally in the form of a differential equation, that is an equation containing differential coefficients with or without other algebraic quantities. And when such a differential equation has been found, one can get no further until it has been integrated. Generally it is much easier to state the appropriate differential equation than to solve it: the real trouble begins then only when one wants to integrate, unless indeed the [Pg 230] equation is seen to possess some standard form of which the integral is known, and then the triumph is easy. The equation which results from integrating a differential equation is called[7] its "solution"; and it is quite astonishing how in many cases the solution looks as if it had no relation to the differential equation of which it is the integrated form. The solution often seems as different from the original expression as a butterfly does from the caterpillar that it was. Who would have supposed that such an innocent thing as StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over a squared minus x squared EndFraction could blossom out into y equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 a EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction a plus x Over a minus x EndFraction plus upper C question mark yet the latter is the solution of the former.

As a last example, let us work out the above together.

By partial fractions, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction 1 Over a squared minus x squared EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 a left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 a left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis EndFraction comma 2nd Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals StartFraction d x Over 2 a left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction d x Over 2 a left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis EndFraction comma 3rd Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 a EndFraction left parenthesis integral StartFraction d x Over a plus x EndFraction plus integral StartFraction d x Over a minus x EndFraction right parenthesis 4th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 a EndFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis a minus x right parenthesis right parenthesis 5th Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 a EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction a plus x Over a minus x EndFraction plus upper C period EndLayout

[Pg 231]

Not a very difficult metamorphosis!

There are whole treatises, such as Boole's Differential Equations, devoted to the subject of thus finding the "solutions" for different original forms.

Exercises XIX. (See p. 266 for Answers.)

(1) Find integral StartRoot a squared minus x squared EndRoot d x.

(2) Find integral x log Subscript epsilon Baseline x d x.

(3) Find integral x Superscript a Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline x d x.

(4) Find integral epsilon Superscript x Baseline cosine epsilon Superscript x Baseline d x.

(5) Find integral StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction cosine left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis d x.

(6) Find integral x squared epsilon Superscript x d x.

(7) Find integral StartFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis Superscript a Baseline Over x EndFraction d x.

(8) Find integral StartFraction d x Over x log Subscript epsilon Baseline x EndFraction.

(9) Find integral StartFraction 5 x plus 1 Over x squared plus x minus 2 EndFraction d x.

(10) Find integral StartFraction left parenthesis x squared minus 3 right parenthesis d x Over x cubed minus 7 x plus 6 EndFraction.

(11) Find integral StartFraction b d x Over x squared minus a squared EndFraction.

(12) Find integral StartFraction 4 x d x Over x Superscript 4 Baseline minus 1 EndFraction.

(13) Find integral StartFraction d x Over 1 minus x Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction.

(14) Find integral StartFraction d x Over x StartRoot a minus b x squared EndRoot EndFraction.

FOOTNOTES:

[7] This means that the actual result of solving it is called its "solution." But many mathematicians would say, with Professor Forsyth, "every differential equation is considered as solved when the value of the dependent variable is expressed as a function of the independent variable by means either of known functions, or of integrals, whether the integrations in the latter can or cannot be expressed in terms of functions already known."


[Pg 232]

CHAPTER XXI.
FINDING SOME SOLUTIONS.

IN this chapter we go to work finding solutions to some important differential equations, using for this purpose the processes shown in the preceding chapters.

The beginner, who now knows how easy most of those processes are in themselves, will here begin to realize that integration is an art. As in all arts, so in this, facility can be acquired only by diligent and regular practice. He who would attain that facility must work out examples, and more examples, and yet more examples, such as are found abundantly in all the regular treatises on the Calculus. Our purpose here must be to afford the briefest introduction to serious work.


Example 1. Find the solution of the differential equation a y plus b StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0 period

Transposing we have b StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus a y period

[Pg 233]

Now the mere inspection of this relation tells us that we have got to do with a case in which StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction is proportional to y. If we think of the curve which will represent y as a function of x, it will be such that its slope at any point will be proportional to the ordinate at that point, and will be a negative slope if y is positive. So obviously the curve will be a die-away curve (p. 153), and the solution will contain epsilon Superscript negative x as a factor. But, without presuming on this bit of sagacity, let us go to work.

As both y and d y occur in the equation and on opposite sides, we can do nothing until we get both y and d y to one side, and d x to the other. To do this, we must split our usually inseparable companions d y and d x from one another. StartFraction d y Over y EndFraction equals minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d x period

Having done the deed, we now can see that both sides have got into a shape that is integrable, because we recognize StartFraction d y Over y EndFraction, or StartFraction 1 Over y EndFraction d y, as a differential that we have met with (p. 143) when differentiating logarithms. So we may at once write down the instructions to integrate, integral StartFraction d y Over y EndFraction equals integral minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d x semicolon and doing the two integrations, we have: log Subscript epsilon Baseline y equals minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline upper C comma where log Subscript epsilon Baseline upper C is the yet undetermined constant[8] of integration. Then, delogarizing, we get: [Pg 234] y equals upper C epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline comma which is the solution required. Now, this solution looks quite unlike the original differential equation from which it was constructed: yet to an expert mathematician they both convey the same information as to the way in which y depends on x.

Now, as to the upper C, its meaning depends on the initial value of y. For if we put x equals 0 in order to see what value y then has, we find that this makes y equals upper C epsilon Superscript negative 0; and as epsilon Superscript negative 0 Baseline equals 1 we see that upper C is nothing else than the particular value[9] of y at starting. This we may call y 0, and so write the solution as y equals y 0 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline period


Example 2.

Let us take as an example to solve a y plus b StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals g comma where g is a constant. Again, inspecting the equation will suggest, (1) that somehow or other epsilon Superscript x will come into the solution, and (2) that if at any part of the curve y becomes either a maximum or a minimum, so that StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0, then y will have the value equals StartFraction g Over a EndFraction. But let us go to work as before, separating the differentials and trying to transform the thing into some integrable shape.

[Pg 235]

StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column b StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals g minus a y semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals StartFraction a Over b EndFraction left parenthesis StartFraction g Over a EndFraction minus y right parenthesis semicolon 3rd Row 1st Column StartStartFraction d y OverOver y minus StartFraction g Over a EndFraction EndEndFraction 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d x period EndLayout

Now we have done our best to get nothing but y and d y on one side, and nothing but d x on the other. But is the result on the left side integrable?

It is of the same form as the result on p. 145; so, writing the instructions to integrate, we have: integral StartStartFraction d y OverOver y minus StartFraction g Over a EndFraction EndEndFraction equals minus integral StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d x semicolon and, doing the integration, and adding the appropriate constant, log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis y minus StartFraction g Over a EndFraction right parenthesis equals minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline upper C semicolon and finally, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column whence y minus StartFraction g Over a EndFraction 2nd Column equals upper C epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals StartFraction g Over a EndFraction plus upper C epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline comma EndLayout which is the solution.

If the condition is laid down that y equals 0 when x equals 0 we can find upper C; for then the exponential becomes equals 1; and we have StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column 0 2nd Column equals StartFraction g Over a EndFraction plus upper C comma 2nd Row 1st Column or upper C 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction g Over a EndFraction period EndLayout

[Pg 236]

Putting in this value, the solution becomes y equals StartFraction g Over a EndFraction left parenthesis 1 minus epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline right parenthesis period

But further, if x grows indefinitely, y will grow to a maximum; for when x equals normal infinity, the exponential equals 0, giving y Subscript max period Baseline equals StartFraction g Over a EndFraction. Substituting this, we get finally y equals y Subscript max period Baseline left parenthesis 1 minus epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction x Baseline right parenthesis period

This result is also of importance in physical science.


Example 3.

Let a y plus b StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals g dot sine 2 pi n t period

We shall find this much less tractable than the preceding. First divide through by b. StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction plus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction y equals StartFraction g Over b EndFraction sine 2 pi n t period

Now, as it stands, the left side is not integrable. But it can be made so by the artifice - and this is where skill and practice suggest a plan-of multiplying all the terms by epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t, giving us: StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline plus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction y epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline equals StartFraction g Over b EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t comma which is the same as StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline plus y StartFraction d left parenthesis epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction g Over b EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t semicolon [Pg 237] and this being a perfect differential may be integrated thus:-since, if u equals y epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline comma StartFraction d u Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline plus y StartFraction d left parenthesis epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline right parenthesis Over d t EndFraction, StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t 2nd Column equals StartFraction g Over b EndFraction integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t dot d t plus upper C comma 2nd Row 1st Column or y 2nd Column equals StartFraction g Over b EndFraction epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t dot d t plus upper C epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline period left bracket upper A right bracket EndLayout

The last term is obviously a term which will die out as t increases, and may be omitted. The trouble now comes in to find the integral that appears as a factor. To tackle this we resort to the device (see p. 224) of integration by parts, the general formula for which is integral u d v equals u v minus integral v d u. For this purpose write StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column u 2nd Column equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column d v 2nd Column equals sine 2 pi n t dot d t period EndLayout

We shall then have StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column d u 2nd Column equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline times StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d t semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column v 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi n EndFraction cosine 2 pi n t period EndLayout

Inserting these, the integral in question becomes: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t dot 2nd Column sine 2 pi n t dot d t 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi n EndFraction dot epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot cosine 2 pi n t minus integral minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi n EndFraction cosine 2 pi n t dot epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot StartFraction a Over b EndFraction d t 3rd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi n EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline cosine 2 pi n t plus StartFraction a Over 2 pi n b EndFraction integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot cosine 2 pi n t dot d t period 3rd Column left bracket upper B right bracket EndLayout

[Pg 238]

The last integral is still irreducible. To evade the difficulty, repeat the integration by parts of the left side, but treating it in the reverse way by writing: StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column u 2nd Column equals sine 2 pi n t semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column d v 2nd Column equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot d t semicolon EndLayout 2nd Row 1st Column whence 2nd Column StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column d u 2nd Column equals 2 pi n dot cosine 2 pi n t dot d t semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column v 2nd Column equals StartFraction b Over a EndFraction epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t EndLayout EndLayout

Inserting these, we get StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t dot d t 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals StartFraction b Over a EndFraction dot epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t minus StartFraction 2 pi n b Over a EndFraction integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot cosine 2 pi n t dot d t period left bracket upper C right bracket EndLayout

Noting that the final intractable integral in [C] is the same as that in left bracket normal upper B right bracket, we may eliminate it, by multiplying left bracket normal upper B right bracket by StartFraction 2 pi n b Over a EndFraction, and multiplying [c] by StartFraction a Over 2 pi n b EndFraction, and adding them.

The result, when cleared down, is: StartLayout 1st Row  integral epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline dot sine 2 pi n t dot d t equals epsilon Superscript StartFraction a Over b EndFraction t Baseline left brace StartFraction a b dot sine 2 pi n t minus 2 pi n b squared dot cosine 2 pi n t Over a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndFraction right brace left bracket upper D right bracket EndLayout

Inserting this value in left bracket normal upper A right bracket, we get y equals g left brace StartFraction a dot sine 2 pi n t minus 2 pi n b dot cosine 2 pi n t Over a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndFraction right brace period

To simplify still further, let us imagine an angle phi such that tangent phi equals StartFraction 2 pi n b Over a EndFraction.

[Pg 239]

Then sine phi equals StartFraction 2 pi n b Over StartRoot a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndRoot EndFraction comma and cosine phi equals StartFraction a Over StartRoot a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Substituting these, we get: y equals g StartFraction cosine phi dot sine 2 pi n t minus sine phi dot cosine 2 pi n t Over StartRoot a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndRoot EndFraction comma which may be written y equals g StartFraction sine left parenthesis 2 pi n t minus phi right parenthesis Over StartRoot a squared plus 4 pi squared n squared b squared EndRoot EndFraction comma which is the solution desired.

This is indeed none other than the equation of an alternating electric current, where g represents the amplitude of the electromotive force, n the frequency, a the resistance, b the coefficient of self-induction of the circuit, and phi is an angle of lag.


Example 4.

Suppose that upper M d x plus upper N d y equals 0.

We could integrate this expression directly, if upper M were a function of x only, and upper N a function of y only; but, if both upper M and upper N are functions that depend on both x and y, how are we to integrate it? Is it itself an exact differential? That is: have upper M and upper N each been formed by partial differentiation from some [Pg 240] common function upper U, or not? If they have, then StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row  StartFraction partial differential upper U Over partial differential x EndFraction equals upper M comma 2nd Row  StartFraction partial differential upper U Over partial differential y EndFraction equals upper N period EndLayout And if such a common function exists, then StartFraction partial differential upper U Over partial differential x EndFraction d x plus StartFraction partial differential upper U Over partial differential y EndFraction d y is an exact differential (compare p. 172).

Now the test of the matter is this. If the expression is an exact differential, it must be true that StartLayout 1st Row  StartFraction d upper M Over d y EndFraction equals StartFraction d upper N Over d x EndFraction semicolon 2nd Row  for then StartFraction d left parenthesis d upper U right parenthesis Over d x d y EndFraction equals StartFraction d left parenthesis d upper U right parenthesis Over d y d x EndFraction comma EndLayout which is necessarily true.

Take as an illustration the equation left parenthesis 1 plus 3 x y right parenthesis d x plus x squared d y equals 0 period

Is this an exact differential or not? Apply the test. StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d left parenthesis 1 plus 3 x y right parenthesis Over d y EndFraction 2nd Column equals 3 x comma 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d left parenthesis x squared right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 2 x comma EndLayout which do not agree. Therefore, it is not an exact differential, and the two functions 1 plus 3 x y and x squared have not come from a common original function.

[Pg 241]

It is possible in such cases to discover, however, an integrating factor, that is to say, a factor such that if both are multiplied by this factor, the expression will become an exact differential. There is no one rule for discovering such an integrating factor; but experience will usually suggest one. In the present instance 2 x will act as such. Multiplying by 2 x, we get left parenthesis 2 x plus 6 x squared y right parenthesis d x plus 2 x cubed d y equals 0 period

Now apply the test to this. StartLayout Enlarged left brace 1st Row 1st Column StartFraction d left parenthesis 2 x plus 6 x squared y right parenthesis Over d y EndFraction 2nd Column equals 6 x squared comma 2nd Row 1st Column StartFraction d left parenthesis 2 x cubed right parenthesis Over d x EndFraction 2nd Column equals 6 x squared comma EndLayout which agrees. Hence this is an exact differential, and may be integrated. Now, if w equals 2 x cubed y, d w equals 6 x squared y d x plus 2 x cubed d y period

Hence integral 6 x squared y d x plus integral 2 x cubed d y equals w equals 2 x cubed y semicolon so that we get upper U equals x squared plus 2 x cubed y plus upper C period


Example 5. Let StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction plus n squared y equals 0.

In this case we have a differential equation of the second degree, in which y appears in the form of a second differential coefficient, as well as in person.

Transposing, we have StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction equals minus n squared y.

[Pg 242]

It appears from this that we have to do with a function such that its second differential coefficient is proportional to itself, but with reversed sign. In Chapter XV, we found that there was such a function-namely, the sine (or the cosine also) which possessed this property. So, without further ado, we may infer that the solution will be of the form y equals upper A sine left parenthesis p t plus q right parenthesis. However, let us go to work.

Multiply both sides of the original equation by 2 StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction and integrate, giving us 2 StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction plus 2 x squared y StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals 0, and, as 2 StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals StartFraction d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction right parenthesis squared Over d t EndFraction comma left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction right parenthesis squared plus n squared left parenthesis y squared minus upper C squared right parenthesis equals 0 comma upper C being a constant. Then, taking the square roots, StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals minus n StartRoot y squared minus upper C squared EndRoot and StartFraction d y Over StartRoot upper C squared minus y squared EndRoot EndFraction equals n dot d t period

But it can be shown that (see p. 168) StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot upper C squared minus y squared EndRoot EndFraction equals StartStartFraction d left parenthesis arc sine StartFraction y Over upper C EndFraction right parenthesis OverOver d y EndEndFraction semicolon whence, passing from angles to sines, arc sine StartFraction y Over upper C EndFraction equals n t plus upper C 1 and y equals upper C sine left parenthesis n t plus upper C 1 right parenthesis comma where upper C 1 is a constant angle that comes in by integration.

Or, preferably, this may be written y equals upper A sine n t plus upper B cosine n t comma which is the solution period


[Pg 243]

Example 6. StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction minus n squared y equals 0.

Here we have obviously to deal with a function y which is such that its second differential coefficient is proportional to itself. The only function we know that has this property is the exponential function (see p. 139), and we may be certain therefore that the solution of the equation will be of that form.

Proceeding as before, by multiplying through by 2 StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction, and integrating, we get 2 StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction minus 2 x squared y StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 0, and, as 2 StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction d left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction right parenthesis squared Over d x EndFraction comma left parenthesis StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction right parenthesis squared minus n squared left parenthesis y squared plus c squared right parenthesis equals 0, StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction minus n StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot equals 0 comma where c is a constant, and StartFraction d y Over StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot EndFraction equals n d x.

Now, if w equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot right parenthesis equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline u, StartFraction d w Over d u EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over u EndFraction comma StartFraction d u Over d y EndFraction equals 1 plus StartFraction y Over StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot EndFraction equals StartFraction y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot Over StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot EndFraction and StartFraction d w Over d y EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot EndFraction period

Hence, integrating, this gives us StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot right parenthesis 2nd Column equals n x plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline upper C comma 2nd Row 1st Column y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot 2nd Column equals upper C epsilon Superscript n x Baseline period 3rd Column left parenthesis 1 right parenthesis EndLayout

Now left parenthesis y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot right parenthesis times left parenthesis negative y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot right parenthesis equals c squared semicolon whence StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column negative y plus StartRoot y squared plus c squared EndRoot equals StartFraction c squared Over upper C EndFraction epsilon Superscript minus n x Baseline period 2nd Column left parenthesis 2 right parenthesis EndLayout

[Pg 244]

Subtracting (2) from (1) and dividing by 2, we then have y equals one half upper C epsilon Superscript n x Baseline minus one half StartFraction c squared Over upper C EndFraction epsilon Superscript minus n x Baseline comma which is more conveniently written y equals upper A epsilon Superscript n x Baseline plus upper B epsilon Superscript minus n x Baseline period Or, the solution, which at first sight does not look as if it had anything to do with the original equation, shows that y consists of two terms, one of which grows logarithmically as x increases, and of a second term which dies away as x increases.


Example 7.

Let b StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction plus a StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction plus g y equals 0 period

Examination of this expression will show that, if b equals 0, it has the form of Example 1, the solution of which was a negative exponential. On the other hand, if a equals 0, its form becomes the same as that of Example 6, the solution of which is the sum of a positive and a negative exponential. It is therefore not very surprising to find that the solution of the present example is StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column y 2nd Column equals left parenthesis epsilon Superscript minus m t Baseline right parenthesis left parenthesis upper A epsilon Superscript n t Baseline plus upper B epsilon Superscript minus n t Baseline right parenthesis comma 2nd Row 1st Column where m 2nd Column equals StartFraction a Over 2 b EndFraction and n equals StartRoot StartFraction a squared Over 4 b squared EndFraction EndRoot minus StartFraction g Over b EndFraction period EndLayout

The steps by which this solution is reached are not given here; they may be found in advanced treatises.


[Pg 245]

Example 8.

StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction equals a squared StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction period

It was seen (p. 174) that this equation was derived from the original y equals upper F left parenthesis x plus a t right parenthesis plus f left parenthesis x minus a t right parenthesis comma where upper F and f were any arbitrary functions of t.

Another way of dealing with it is to transform it by a change of variables into StartFraction d squared y Over d u dot d v EndFraction equals 0 comma where u equals x plus a t, and v equals x minus a t, leading to the same general solution. If we consider a case in which upper F vanishes, then we have simply y equals f left parenthesis x minus a t right parenthesis semicolon and this merely states that, at the time t equals 0 comma y is a particular function of x, and may be looked upon as denoting that the curve of the relation of y to x has a particular shape. Then any change in the value of t is equivalent simply to an alteration in the origin from which x is reckoned. That is to say, it indicates that, the form of the function being conserved, it is propagated along the x direction with a uniform velocity a; so that whatever the value of the ordinate y at any particular time t 0 at any particular point x 0, the same value of y will appear at the subsequent time t 1 at a point further along, the abscissa of which is x 0 plus a left parenthesis t 1 minus t 0 right parenthesis. In this case the simplified equation represents the propagation of a wave (of any form) at a uniform speed along the x direction.

[Pg 246]

If the differential equation had been written m StartFraction d squared y Over d t squared EndFraction equals k StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction comma the solution would have been the same, but the velocity of propagation would have had the value a equals StartRoot StartFraction k Over m EndFraction EndRoot period


You have now been personally conducted over the frontiers into the enchanted land. And in order that you may have a handy reference to the principal results, the author, in bidding you farewell, begs to present you with a passport in the shape of a convenient collection of standard forms (see pp. 249-251). In the middle column are set down a number of the functions which most commonly occur. The results of differentiating them are set down on the left; the results of integrating them are set down on the right. May you find them useful!

FOOTNOTES:

[8] We may write down any form of constant as the "constant of integration," and the form log Subscript epsilon Baseline upper C is adopted here by preference, because the other terms in this line of equation are, or are treated as logarithms; and it saves complications afterward if the added constant be of the same kind.

[9] Compare what was said about the "constant of integration," with reference to Fig. 48 on p. 184, and Fig. 51 on p. 187.


[Pg 247]

EPILOGUE AND APOLOGUE.

IT may be confidently assumed that when this tractate "Calculus made Easy" falls into the hands of the professional mathematicians, they will (if not too lazy) rise up as one man, and damn it as being a thoroughly bad book. Of that there can be, from their point of view, no possible manner of doubt whatever. It commits several most grievous and deplorable errors.

First, it shows how ridiculously easy most of the operations of the calculus really are.

Secondly, it gives away so many trade secrets. By showing you that what one fool can do, other fools can do also, it lets you see that these mathematical swells, who pride themselves on having mastered such an awfully difficult subject as the calculus, have no such great reason to be puffed up. They like you to think how terribly difficult it is, and don't want that superstition to be rudely dissipated.

Thirdly, among the dreadful things they will say about "So Easy" is this: that there is an utter failure on the part of the author to demonstrate with rigid and satisfactory completeness the validity of sundry methods which he has presented in simple fashion, and has even dared to use in solving problems! But why should he not? You don't forbid the use of a watch to every person who does not know how [Pg 248] to make one? You don't object to the musician playing on a violin that he has not himself constructed. You don't teach the rules of syntax to children until they have already become fluent in the use of speech. It would be equally absurd to require general rigid demonstrations to be expounded to beginners in the calculus.

One other thing will the professed mathematicians say about this thoroughly bad and vicious book: that the reason why it is so easy is because the author has left out all the things that are really difficult. And the ghastly fact about this accusation is that—it is true! That is, indeed, why the book has been written-written for the legion of innocents who have hitherto been deterred from acquiring the elements of the calculus by the stupid way in which its teaching is almost always presented. Any subject can be made repulsive by presenting it bristling with difficulties. The aim of this book is to enable beginners to learn its language, to acquire familiarity with its endearing simplicities, and to grasp its powerful methods of solving problems, without being compelled to toil through the intricate out-of-the-way (and mostly irrelevant) mathematical gymnastics so dear to the unpractical mathematician.

There are amongst young engineers a number on whose ears the adage that what one fool can do, another can, may fall with a familiar sound. They are earnestly requested not to give the author away, nor to tell the mathematicians what a fool he really is.


[Pg 249]

TABLE OF STANDARD FORMS.

StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction long left arrow y long right arrow integral y d x
Algebraic.
1 x one half x squared plus upper C
0 a a x plus upper C
1 x plus or minus a one half plus or minus a x squared plus upper C
a a x one half plus or minus a x squared plus upper C
2 x x squared one third x cubed plus upper C
n x Superscript n minus 1 x Superscript n StartFraction 1 Over n plus 1 EndFraction x Superscript n plus 1 plus upper C
minus x Superscript negative 2 x Superscript negative 1 log Subscript epsilon Baseline x plus upper C
StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction plus or minus StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction plus or minus StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction u plus or minus v plus or minus w integral u d x plus or minus integral v d x plus or minus integral w d x
u StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction plus v StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction u v No general form known
StartStartFraction v StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction minus u StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction OverOver v squared EndEndFraction StartFraction u Over v EndFraction No general form known
StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction u u x minus integral x d u plus upper C
Exponential and Logarithmic.
epsilon Superscript x epsilon Superscript x epsilon Superscript x Baseline plus upper C
x Superscript negative 1 log Subscript epsilon Baseline x x left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C
0.4343 times x Superscript negative 1 log Subscript 10 Baseline x 0.4343 x left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus 1 right parenthesis plus upper C
a Superscript x Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a a Superscript x StartFraction a Superscript x Baseline Over log Subscript epsilon Baseline a EndFraction plus upper C
Trigonometrical.
cosine x sine x minus cosine x plus upper C
minus sine x cosine x sine x plus upper C
secant squared x tangent x minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline cosine x plus upper C
Circular (Inverse).
StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot left parenthesis 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction arc sine x x dot arc sine x plus StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot plus upper C
minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot left parenthesis 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction arc cosine x x dot arc sine x minus StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot plus upper C
StartFraction 1 Over 1 plus x squared EndFraction arc tangent x x dot arc tangent x minus one half log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus x squared right parenthesis plus upper C[Pg 251]

StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction long left arrow y long right arrow integral y d x
Hyperbolic.
hyperbolic cosine x hyperbolic sine x hyperbolic cosine x plus upper C
hyperbolic sine x hyperbolic cosine x hyperbolic sine x plus upper C
hyperbolic secant squared x hyperbolic tangent x log Subscript epsilon Baseline hyperbolic cosine x plus upper C
Miscellaneous.
minus StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis squared EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over x plus a EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis plus upper C
StartFraction x Over left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript three halves Baseline EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot a squared plus x squared EndRoot EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus StartRoot a squared plus x squared EndRoot right parenthesis plus upper C
minus or plus StartFraction b Over left parenthesis a plus or minus b x right parenthesis squared EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over a plus or minus b x EndFraction plus or minus StartFraction 1 Over b EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis a plus or minus b x right parenthesis plus upper C right parenthesis
minus StartFraction 3 a squared x Over left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript five halves Baseline EndFraction StartFraction a squared Over left parenthesis a squared plus x squared right parenthesis Superscript three halves Baseline EndFraction StartFraction x Over StartRoot a squared plus x squared EndRoot EndFraction plus upper C
a dot cosine a x sine a x minus StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction cosine a x plus upper C
negative a dot sine a x cosine a x StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction sine a x plus upper C
a dot secant squared a x tangent a x minus StartFraction 1 Over a EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline cosine a x plus upper C
sine 2 x sine squared x StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction sine 2 x Over 4 EndFraction plus upper C
minus sine 2 x cosine squared x StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction sine 2 x Over 4 EndFraction plus upper C
n dot sine Superscript n minus 1 Baseline x dot cosine x sine Superscript n Baseline x minus StartFraction cosine x Over n EndFraction sine Superscript n minus 1 Baseline x plus StartFraction n minus 1 Over n EndFraction integral sine Superscript n minus 2 Baseline x d x plus upper C
minus StartFraction cosine x Over sine squared x EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over sine x EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline tangent StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction plus upper C
minus StartFraction sine 2 x Over sine Superscript 4 Baseline x EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over sine squared x EndFraction minus c o t a n x plus upper C
StartFraction sine squared x minus cosine squared x Over sine squared x dot cosine squared x EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over sine x dot cosine x EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline tangent x plus upper C
n dot sine m x dot cosine n x plus m dot sine n x dot cosine m x sine m x dot sine n x one half cosine left parenthesis m minus n right parenthesis x minus one half cosine left parenthesis m plus n right parenthesis x plus upper C
2 a dot sine 2 a x sine squared a x StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction sine 2 a x Over 4 a EndFraction plus upper C
minus 2 a dot sine 2 a x cosine squared a x StartFraction x Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction sine 2 a x Over 4 a EndFraction plus upper C

[Pg 252]

ANSWERS.

Exercises I. (p. 24.)

(1) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 13 x Superscript 12.

(2) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus three halves x Superscript negative five halves.

(3) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 a x Superscript left parenthesis 2 a minus 1 right parenthesis.

(4) StartFraction d u Over d t EndFraction equals 2.4 t Superscript 1.4.

(5) StartFraction d z Over d u EndFraction equals one third u Superscript negative two thirds.

(6) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus five thirds x Superscript negative eight thirds.

(7) StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus eight fifths x Superscript negative StartFraction 13 Over 5 EndFraction.

(8) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 a x Superscript a minus 1.

(9) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 Over q EndFraction x Superscript StartFraction 3 minus q Over q EndFraction.

(10) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction m Over n EndFraction x Superscript minus StartFraction m plus n Over n EndFraction.


Exercises II. (p. 31.)

(1) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 a x squared.

(2) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 13 times three halves x Superscript one half.

(3) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 6 x Superscript negative one half.

(4) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals one half c Superscript one half Baseline x Superscript negative one half.

(5) StartFraction d u Over d z EndFraction equals StartFraction a n Over c EndFraction z Superscript n minus 1.

(6) StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals 2.36 t.

(7) StartFraction d l Subscript t Baseline Over d t EndFraction equals 0.000012 times l 0.

(8) StartFraction d upper C Over d upper V EndFraction equals a b upper V Superscript b minus 1 Baseline comma 0.98 comma 3.00 and 7.47 candle power per volt respectively.

(9) StartFraction d n Over d upper D EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over upper L upper D squared EndFraction StartRoot StartFraction g upper T Over pi sigma EndFraction EndRoot comma StartFraction d n Over d upper L EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over upper D upper L squared EndFraction StartRoot StartFraction g upper T Over pi sigma EndFraction EndRoot, StartFraction d n Over d sigma EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 upper D upper L EndFraction StartRoot StartFraction g upper T Over pi sigma cubed EndFraction EndRoot comma StartFraction d n Over d upper T EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 2 upper D upper L EndFraction StartRoot StartFraction g Over pi sigma upper T EndFraction EndRoot.

[Pg 253]

(10) StartFraction Rate of change of upper P when t varies Over Rate of change of upper P when upper D varies EndFraction equals minus StartFraction upper D Over t EndFraction.

(11) 2 pi comma 2 pi r comma pi l comma two thirds pi r h comma 8 pi r comma 4 pi r squared.

(12) StartFraction d upper D Over d upper T EndFraction equals StartFraction 0.000012 l Subscript t Baseline Over pi EndFraction.


Exercises III. (p. 45.)

(1) (a) 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 6 EndFraction plus StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 24 EndFraction plus ellipsis.

(b) 2 a x plus b.

(c) 2 x plus 2 a.

(d) 3 x squared plus 6 a x plus 3 a squared.

(2) StartFraction d w Over d t EndFraction equals a minus b t.

(3) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 2 x.

(4) 14110 x Superscript 4 minus 65404 x cubed minus 2244 x squared plus 8192 x plus 1379.

(5) StartFraction d x Over d y EndFraction equals 2 y plus 8.

(6) 185.9022654 x squared plus 154.36334.

(7) StartFraction negative 5 Over left parenthesis 3 x plus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(8) StartFraction 6 x Superscript 4 Baseline plus 6 x cubed plus 9 x squared Over left parenthesis 1 plus x plus 2 x squared right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(9) StartFraction a d minus b c Over left parenthesis c x plus d right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(10) StartFraction a n x Superscript negative n minus 1 Baseline plus b n x Superscript n minus 1 Baseline plus 2 n x Superscript negative 1 Baseline Over left parenthesis x Superscript negative n Baseline plus b right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(11) b plus 2 c t.

(12) upper R 0 left parenthesis a plus 2 b t right parenthesis comma upper R 0 left parenthesis a plus StartFraction b Over 2 StartRoot t EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis comma minus StartFraction upper R 0 left parenthesis a plus 2 b t right parenthesis Over left parenthesis 1 plus a t plus b t squared right parenthesis squared EndFraction or StartFraction upper R squared left parenthesis a plus 2 b t right parenthesis Over upper R 0 EndFraction.

(13) 1.4340 left parenthesis 0.000014 t minus 0.001024 right parenthesis comma negative 0.00117 comma negative 0.00107 comma negative 0.00097.

(14) StartFraction d upper E Over d l EndFraction equals b plus StartFraction k Over i EndFraction comma StartFraction d upper E Over d i EndFraction equals minus StartFraction c plus k l Over i squared EndFraction.


[Pg 254]

Exercises IV. (p. 50.)

(1) 17 plus 24 x semicolon 24.

(2) StartFraction x squared plus 2 a x minus a Over left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis squared EndFraction semicolon StartFraction 2 a left parenthesis a plus 1 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis cubed EndFraction.

(3) 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 times 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction x cubed Over 1 times 2 times 3 EndFraction semicolon 1 plus x plus StartFraction x squared Over 1 times 2 EndFraction.

(4) (Exercises III.):

(1) (a) StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals StartFraction d cubed y Over d x cubed EndFraction equals 1 plus x plus one half x squared plus one sixth x cubed plus ellipsis.

(b) 2 a comma 0.

(c) 2,0.

(d) 6 x plus 6 a comma 6.

(2) negative b comma 0.

(3) 2,0.

(4) 56440 x cubed minus 196212 x squared minus 4488 x plus 8192. 169320 x squared minus 392424 x minus 4488 period

(5) 2,0.

(6) 371.80453 x comma 371.80453.

(7) StartFraction 30 Over left parenthesis 3 x plus 2 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction comma minus StartFraction 270 Over left parenthesis 3 x plus 2 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction.

(Examples, p. 40):

(1) StartFraction 6 a Over b squared EndFraction x comma StartFraction 6 a Over b squared EndFraction.

(2) StartFraction 3 a StartRoot b EndRoot Over 2 StartRoot x EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 6 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot Over x cubed EndFraction comma StartFraction 18 b RootIndex 3 StartRoot a EndRoot Over x Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction minus StartFraction 3 a StartRoot b EndRoot Over 4 StartRoot x cubed EndRoot EndFraction.

(3) StartFraction 2 Over RootIndex 3 StartRoot theta Superscript 8 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1.056 Over RootIndex 5 StartRoot theta Superscript 11 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction comma StartFraction 2.3232 Over RootIndex 5 StartRoot theta Superscript 16 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 16 Over 3 RootIndex 3 StartRoot theta Superscript 11 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction.

(4) 810 t Superscript 4 minus 648 t cubed plus 479.52 t squared minus 139.968 t plus 26.64. 3240 t cubed minus 1944 t squared plus 959.04 t minus 139.968 period

(5) 12 x plus 2 comma 12.

(6) 6 x squared minus 9 x comma 12 x minus 9.

(7) three fourths left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta EndRoot EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis plus one fourth left parenthesis StartFraction 15 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 7 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta cubed EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis. three eighths left parenthesis StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta cubed EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis minus StartFraction 15 Over 8 EndFraction left parenthesis StartFraction 7 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 9 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot theta Superscript 7 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis period

[Pg 255]


Exercises V. (p. 63.)

(2) 64; 147.2; and 0.32 feet per second.

(3) x equals a minus g t semicolon ModifyingAbove x With two dots equals negative g.

(4) 45.1 feet per second.

(5) 12.4 feet per second per second. Yes.

(6) Angular velocity equals 11.2 radians per second; angular acceleration equals 9.6 radians per second per second.

(7) v equals 20.4 t squared minus 10.8 period a equals 40.8 t period 172.8 StartFraction i n period Over secant period EndFraction comma 122.4 StartFraction i n period Over secant period EndFraction squared.

(8) v equals StartFraction 1 Over 30 RootIndex 3 StartRoot left parenthesis t minus 125 right parenthesis squared EndRoot EndFraction comma a equals minus StartFraction 1 Over 45 RootIndex 3 StartRoot left parenthesis t minus 125 right parenthesis Superscript 5 Baseline EndRoot EndFraction.

(9) v equals 0.8 minus StartFraction 8 t Over left parenthesis 4 plus t squared right parenthesis squared EndFraction comma a equals StartFraction 24 t squared minus 32 Over left parenthesis 4 plus t squared right parenthesis cubed EndFraction comma 0.7926 and 0.00211.

(10) n equals 2 comma n equals 11.


Exercises VI. (p. 72.)

(1) StartFraction x Over StartRoot x squared plus 1 EndRoot EndFraction.

(2) StartFraction x Over StartRoot x squared plus a squared EndRoot EndFraction.

(3) minus StartFraction 1 Over 2 StartRoot left parenthesis a plus x right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction.

(4) StartFraction a x Over StartRoot left parenthesis a minus x squared right parenthesis cubed EndRoot EndFraction.

(5) StartFraction 2 a squared minus x squared Over x cubed StartRoot x squared minus a squared EndRoot EndFraction.

[Pg 256]

(6) StartFraction three halves x squared left bracket eight ninths x left parenthesis x cubed plus a right parenthesis minus left parenthesis x Superscript 4 Baseline plus a right parenthesis right bracket Over left parenthesis x Superscript 4 Baseline plus a right parenthesis Superscript two thirds Baseline left parenthesis x cubed plus a right parenthesis Superscript three halves Baseline EndFraction.

(7) StartFraction 2 a left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis cubed EndFraction.

(8) five halves y cubed.

(9) StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis 1 minus theta right parenthesis StartRoot 1 minus theta squared EndRoot EndFraction.


Exercises VII. (p. 74.)

(1) StartFraction d w Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 3 x squared left parenthesis 3 plus 3 x cubed right parenthesis Over 27 left parenthesis one half x cubed plus one fourth x Superscript 6 Baseline right parenthesis cubed EndFraction.

(2) StartFraction d v Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 12 x Over NestedStartRoot 1 plus StartRoot 2 EndRoot plus 3 x squared NestedEndRoot left parenthesis StartRoot 3 EndRoot plus 4 NestedStartRoot 1 plus StartRoot 2 EndRoot plus 3 x squared NestedEndRoot right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(3) StartFraction d u Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction x squared left parenthesis StartRoot 3 EndRoot plus x cubed right parenthesis Over StartRoot left bracket 1 plus left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction x cubed Over StartRoot 3 EndRoot EndFraction right parenthesis squared right bracket cubed EndRoot EndFraction.


Exercises VIII. (p. 88.)

(2) 1.44.

(4) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals 3 x squared plus 3; and the numerical values are: 3 comma 3 and three fourths comma 6, and 15.

(5) plus or minus StartRoot 2 EndRoot.

(6) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus four ninths StartFraction x Over y EndFraction. Slope is zero where x equals 0; and is minus or plus StartFraction 1 Over 3 StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction where x equals 1.

[Pg 257]

(7) m equals 4 comma n equals negative 3.

(8) Intersections at x equals 1 comma x equals negative 3. Angles 153 Superscript ring Baseline 26 Superscript prime Baseline comma 2 Superscript ring Baseline 28 prime.

(9) Intersection at x equals 3.57 comma y equals 3.50. Angle 16 Superscript ring Baseline 16 prime.

(10) x equals one third comma y equals 2 and one third comma b equals negative five thirds.


Exercises IX. (p. 107.)

(1) Min.: x equals 0 comma y equals 0; max.: x equals negative 2 comma y equals negative 4.

(2) x equals a.

(4) 25 StartRoot 3 EndRoot square inches.

(5) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 10 Over x squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 10 Over left parenthesis 8 minus x right parenthesis squared EndFraction semicolon x equals 4 semicolon y equals 5.

(6) Max. for x equals negative 1; min. for x equals 1.

(7) Join the middle points of the four sides.

(8) r equals two thirds upper R comma r equals StartFraction upper R Over 2 EndFraction, no max.

(9) r equals upper R StartRoot two thirds EndRoot comma r equals StartFraction upper R Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction comma r equals 0.8506 upper R.

(10) At the rate of StartFraction 8 Over r EndFraction square feet per second.

(11) r equals StartFraction upper R StartRoot 8 EndRoot Over 3 EndFraction.

(12) n equals StartRoot StartFraction upper N upper R Over r EndFraction EndRoot.


[Pg 258]

Exercises X. (p. 115.)

(1) Max.: x equals negative 2.19 comma y equals 24.19; min.: x equals 1.52 comma y equals negative 1.38.

(2) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction b Over a EndFraction minus 2 c x semicolon StartFraction d squared y Over d x squared EndFraction equals minus 2 c semicolon x equals StartFraction b Over 2 a c EndFraction (a maximum).

(3) (a) One maximum and two minima.

(b) One maximum. ( x equals 0; other points unreal.)

(4) Min.: x equals 1.71 comma y equals 6.14.

(5) Max: x equals negative .5 comma y equals 4.

(6) Max.: x equals 1.414 comma y equals 1.7675.

Min.: x equals negative 1.414 comma y equals 1.7675.

(7) Max.: x equals negative 3.565 comma y equals 2.12.

Min.: x equals plus 3.565 comma y equals 7.88.

(8) 0.4 normal upper N comma 0.6 normal upper N.

(9) x equals StartRoot StartFraction a Over c EndFraction EndRoot.

(10) Speed 8.66 nautical miles per hour. Time taken 115.47 hours. Minimum cost £112.12s.

(11) Max. and min. for x equals 7.5 comma y equals plus or minus 5.414. (See example no. 10, p. 71.)

(12) Min.: x equals one half comma y equals 0.25; max.: x equals negative one third comma y equals 1.408.


[Pg 259]

Exercises XI. (p. 127.)

(1) StartFraction 2 Over x minus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x plus 4 EndFraction.

(2) StartFraction 1 Over x minus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 Over x minus 2 EndFraction.

(3) StartFraction 2 Over x minus 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over x plus 4 EndFraction.

(4) StartFraction 5 Over x minus 4 EndFraction minus StartFraction 4 Over x minus 3 EndFraction.

(5) StartFraction 19 Over 13 left parenthesis 2 x plus 3 right parenthesis EndFraction minus StartFraction 22 Over 13 left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(6) StartFraction 2 Over x minus 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction 4 Over x minus 3 EndFraction minus StartFraction 5 Over x minus 4 EndFraction.

(7) StartFraction 1 Over 6 left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 11 Over 15 left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 10 left parenthesis x minus 3 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(8) StartFraction 7 Over 9 left parenthesis 3 x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 71 Over 63 left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction minus StartFraction 5 Over 7 left parenthesis 2 x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(9) StartFraction 1 Over 3 left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 x plus 1 Over 3 left parenthesis x squared plus x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(10) x plus StartFraction 2 Over 3 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 minus 2 x Over 3 left parenthesis x squared minus x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction.

(11) StartFraction 3 Over left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 x plus 1 Over x squared plus x plus 1 EndFraction.

(12) StartFraction 1 Over x minus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over x minus 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 Over left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(13) StartFraction 1 Over 4 left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over 4 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 left parenthesis x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(14) StartFraction 4 Over 9 left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis EndFraction minus StartFraction 4 Over 9 left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over 3 left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(15) StartFraction 1 Over x plus 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction x minus 1 Over x squared plus x plus 1 EndFraction minus StartFraction 1 Over left parenthesis x squared plus x plus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(16) StartFraction 5 Over x plus 4 EndFraction minus StartFraction 32 Over left parenthesis x plus 4 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 36 Over left parenthesis x plus 4 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction.

(17) StartFraction 7 Over 9 left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction plus StartFraction 55 Over 9 left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis cubed EndFraction plus StartFraction 73 Over 9 left parenthesis 3 x minus 2 right parenthesis Superscript 4 Baseline EndFraction.

(18) StartFraction 1 Over 6 left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 3 left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis squared EndFraction minus StartFraction x Over 6 left parenthesis x squared plus 2 x plus 4 right parenthesis EndFraction.


[Pg 260]

Exercises XII. (p. 150.)

(1) a b left parenthesis epsilon Superscript a x Baseline plus epsilon Superscript minus a x Baseline right parenthesis.

(2) 2 a t plus StartFraction 2 Over t EndFraction.

(3) log Subscript epsilon Baseline n.

(5) n p v Superscript n minus 1.

(6) StartFraction n Over x EndFraction.

(7) StartFraction 3 epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction x Over x minus 1 EndFraction Baseline Over left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(8) 6 x epsilon Superscript minus 5 x minus 5 left parenthesis 3 x squared plus 1 right parenthesis epsilon Superscript minus 5 x.

(9) StartFraction a x Superscript a minus 1 Baseline Over x Superscript a Baseline plus a EndFraction.

(10) left parenthesis StartFraction 6 x Over 3 x squared minus 1 EndFraction plus StartFraction 1 Over 2 left parenthesis StartRoot x EndRoot plus x right parenthesis EndFraction right parenthesis left parenthesis 3 x squared minus 1 right parenthesis left parenthesis StartRoot x EndRoot plus 1 right parenthesis.

(11) StartFraction 1 minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis Over left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis squared EndFraction.

(12) a Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis a x Superscript a minus 1 Baseline plus x Superscript a Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a right parenthesis.

(14) Min.: y equals 0.7 for x equals 0.694.

(15) StartFraction 1 plus x Over x EndFraction.

(16) StartFraction 3 Over x EndFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline a x right parenthesis squared.


Exercises XIII. (p. 160.)

(1) Let StartFraction t Over upper T EndFraction equals x left parenthesis therefore t equals 8 x right parenthesis, and use the Table on page 157.

(2) upper T equals 34.627 semicolon 159.46 minutes.

(3) Take 2 t equals x; and use the Table on page 157.

(5) (a) x Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis;

(b) 2 x left parenthesis epsilon Superscript x Baseline right parenthesis Superscript x;

(c) epsilon Superscript x Super Superscript x Baseline times x Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis 1 plus log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis.

[Pg 261]

(6) 0.14 second.

(7) (a) 1.642; (b) 15.58.

(8) mu equals 0.00037 comma 31 Superscript m Baseline one fourth.

(9) i is 63.4 percent sign of i 0 comma 220 kilometres.

(10) 0.133 comma 0.145 comma 0.155, mean 0.144 semicolon negative 10.2 percent sign comma negative 0.9 percent sign comma plus 77.2 percent sign.

(11) Min. for x equals StartFraction 1 Over epsilon EndFraction.

(12) Max. for x equals epsilon.

(13) Min. for x equals log Subscript epsilon Baseline a.


Exercises XIV. (p. 170.)

(1) (i) StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals upper A cosine left parenthesis theta minus StartFraction pi Over 2 EndFraction right parenthesis;

(ii) StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 2 sine theta cosine theta equals sine 2 theta and StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 2 cosine 2 theta;

(iii) StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 3 sine squared theta cosine theta and StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 3 cosine 3 theta.

(2) theta equals 45 Superscript ring or StartFraction pi Over 4 EndFraction radians.

(3) StartFraction d y Over d t EndFraction equals minus n sine 2 pi n t.

(4) a Superscript x Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline a cosine a Superscript x.

(5) StartFraction cosine x Over sine x EndFraction equals c o t a n x.

(6) 18.2 cosine left parenthesis x plus 26 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis.

[Pg 262]

(7) The slope is StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 100 cosine left parenthesis theta minus 15 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis, which is a maximum when left parenthesis theta minus 15 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis equals 0, or theta equals 15 Superscript ring; the value of the slope being then equals 100. When theta equals 75 Superscript ring the slope is 100 cosine left parenthesis 75 Superscript ring Baseline minus 15 Superscript ring Baseline right parenthesis equals 100 cosine 60 Superscript ring Baseline equals 100 times one half equals 50.

(8) StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column cosine theta sine 2 theta plus 2 cosine 2 theta sine theta 2nd Column equals 2 sine theta left parenthesis cosine squared theta plus cosine 2 theta right parenthesis 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column equals 2 sine theta left parenthesis 3 cosine squared theta minus 1 right parenthesis period EndLayout

(9) a m n theta Superscript n minus 1 Baseline tangent Superscript m minus 1 Baseline left parenthesis theta Superscript n Baseline right parenthesis secant squared theta Superscript n.

(10) epsilon Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis sine squared x plus sine 2 x right parenthesis semicolon epsilon Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis sine squared x plus 2 sine 2 x plus 2 cosine 2 x right parenthesis period

(11) (i) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction a b Over left parenthesis x plus b right parenthesis squared EndFraction;

(ii) StartFraction a Over b EndFraction epsilon Superscript minus StartFraction x Over b EndFraction;

(iii) one ninetieth ring times StartFraction a b Over left parenthesis b squared plus x squared right parenthesis EndFraction.

(12) (i) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals secant x tangent x;

(ii) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals minus StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 1 minus x squared EndRoot EndFraction;

(iii) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over 1 plus x squared EndFraction;

(iv) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction 1 Over x StartRoot x squared minus 1 EndRoot EndFraction;

(v) StartFraction d y Over d x EndFraction equals StartFraction StartRoot 3 secant x EndRoot left parenthesis 3 secant squared x minus 1 right parenthesis Over 2 EndFraction.

(13) StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 4.6 left parenthesis 2 theta plus 3 right parenthesis Superscript 1.3 Baseline cosine left parenthesis 2 theta plus 3 right parenthesis Superscript 2.3.

(14) StartFraction d y Over d theta EndFraction equals 3 theta squared plus 3 cosine left parenthesis theta plus 3 right parenthesis minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline 3 left parenthesis cosine theta times 3 Superscript sine theta Baseline plus 3 theta right parenthesis.

(15) theta equals cotangent theta semicolon theta equals plus or minus 0.86; is max. for plus theta, min. for negative theta.


[Pg 263]

Exercises XV. (p. 177.)

(1) x cubed minus 6 x squared y minus 2 y squared semicolon one third minus 2 x cubed minus 4 x y.

(2) 2 x y z plus y squared z plus z squared y plus 2 x y squared z squared; StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column 2 x y z plus x squared z plus x z squared plus 2 x squared y z squared semicolon 2nd Row 1st Column Blank 2nd Column 2 x y z plus x squared y plus x y squared plus 2 x squared y squared z period EndLayout

(3) StartFraction 1 Over r EndFraction left brace left parenthesis x minus a right parenthesis plus left parenthesis y minus b right parenthesis plus left parenthesis z minus c right parenthesis right brace equals StartFraction left parenthesis x plus y plus z right parenthesis minus left parenthesis a plus b plus c right parenthesis Over r EndFraction semicolon StartFraction 3 Over r EndFraction.

(4) d y equals v u Superscript v minus 1 Baseline d u plus u Superscript v Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline u d v.

(5) StartLayout 1st Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals 3 sine v u squared d u plus u cubed cosine v d v comma 2nd Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals u sine x Superscript u minus 1 Baseline cosine x d x plus left parenthesis sine x right parenthesis Superscript u Baseline log Subscript epsilon Baseline sine x d u comma 3rd Row 1st Column d y 2nd Column equals StartFraction 1 Over v EndFraction StartFraction 1 Over u EndFraction d u minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline u StartFraction 1 Over v squared EndFraction d v period EndLayout

(7) Minimum for x equals y equals negative one half.

(8) (a) Length 2 feet, width equals depth equals 1 foot, vol. equals 2 cubic feet. left parenthesis b right parenthesis Radius equals StartFraction 2 Over pi EndFraction feet equals 7.46 in period comma length equals 2 feet comma vol period equals 2.54 period

(9) All three parts equal; the product is maximum.

(10) Minimum for x equals y equals 1.

(11) Min.: x equals one half and y equals 2.

(12) Angle at apex equals 90 Superscript ring; equal sides equals length equals RootIndex 3 StartRoot 2 upper V EndRoot.


[Pg 264]

Exercises XVI. (p. 187.)

(1) 1 and one third.

(2) 0.6344.

(3) 0.2624.

(4) (a) y equals one eighth x squared plus upper C;

(b) y equals sine x plus upper C.

(5) y equals x squared plus 3 x plus upper C.


Exercises XVII. (p. 202.)

(1) StartFraction 4 StartRoot a EndRoot x Superscript three halves Baseline Over 3 EndFraction plus upper C.

(2) minus StartFraction 1 Over x cubed EndFraction plus upper C.

(3) StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 4 a EndFraction plus upper C.

(4) one third x cubed plus a x plus upper C.

(5) minus 2 x Superscript negative five halves plus upper C.

(6) x Superscript 4 Baseline plus x cubed plus x squared plus x plus upper C.

(7) StartFraction a x squared Over 4 EndFraction plus StartFraction b x cubed Over 9 EndFraction plus StartFraction c x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 16 EndFraction plus upper C.

(8) StartFraction x squared plus a Over x plus a EndFraction equals x minus a plus StartFraction a squared plus a Over x plus a EndFraction by division. Therefore the answer is StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction minus a x plus left parenthesis a squared plus a right parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus a right parenthesis plus upper C. (See pages 196 and 198.)

(9) StartFraction x Superscript 4 Baseline Over 4 EndFraction plus 3 x cubed plus StartFraction 27 Over 2 EndFraction x squared plus 27 x plus upper C.

(10) StartFraction x cubed Over 3 EndFraction plus StartFraction 2 minus a Over 2 EndFraction x squared minus 2 a x plus upper C.

(11) a squared left parenthesis 2 x Superscript three halves Baseline plus nine fourths x Superscript four thirds Baseline right parenthesis plus upper C.

(12) minus one third cosine theta minus one sixth theta plus upper C.

(13) StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction sine 2 a theta Over 4 a EndFraction plus upper C.

(14) StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction sine 2 theta Over 4 EndFraction plus upper C.

[Pg 265]

(15) StartFraction theta Over 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction sine 2 a theta Over 4 a EndFraction plus upper C.

(16) one third epsilon Superscript 3 x.

(17) log left parenthesis 1 plus x right parenthesis plus upper C.

(18) minus log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis 1 minus x right parenthesis plus upper C.


Exercises XVIII. (p. 221.)

(1) Area equals 60; mean ordinate equals 10.

(2) Area equals two thirds of a times 2 a StartRoot a EndRoot.

(3) Area equals 2; mean ordinate equals StartFraction 2 Over pi EndFraction equals 0.637.

(4) Area equals 1.57 semicolon mean ordinate equals 0.5.

(5) 0.572 comma 0.0476.

(6) Volume equals pi r squared StartFraction h Over 3 EndFraction.

(7) 1.25.

(8) 79.4.

(9) Volume equals 4.9348; area of surface equals 12.57 (from 0 to pi).

(10) a log Subscript epsilon Baseline a comma StartFraction a Over a minus 1 EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline a.

(12) Arithmetical mean equals 9.5; quadratic mean equals 10.85.

(13) Quadratic mean equals StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot 2 EndRoot EndFraction StartRoot upper A 1 squared plus upper A 3 squared EndRoot; arithmetical mean equals 0.

The first involves a somewhat difficult integral, and may be stated thus: By definition the quadratic mean will be StartRoot StartFraction 1 Over 2 pi EndFraction integral Subscript 0 Superscript 2 pi Baseline left parenthesis upper A 1 sine x plus upper A 3 sine 3 x right parenthesis squared d x EndRoot period

[Pg 266]

Now the integration indicated by integral left parenthesis upper A 1 squared sine squared x plus 2 upper A 1 upper A 3 sine x sine 3 x plus upper A 3 squared sine squared 3 x right parenthesis d x is more readily obtained if for sine squared x we write StartFraction 1 minus cosine 2 x Over 2 EndFraction period For 2 sine x sine 3 x we write cosine 2 x minus cosine 4 x; and, for sine squared 3 x, StartFraction 1 minus cosine 6 x Over 2 EndFraction period

Making these substitutions, and integrating, we get (see p. 198) StartFraction upper A 1 squared Over 2 EndFraction left parenthesis x minus StartFraction sine 2 x Over 2 EndFraction right parenthesis plus upper A 1 upper A 3 left parenthesis StartFraction sine 2 x Over 2 EndFraction minus StartFraction sine 4 x Over 4 EndFraction right parenthesis plus StartFraction upper A 3 squared Over 2 EndFraction left parenthesis x minus StartFraction sine 6 x Over 6 EndFraction right parenthesis period

At the lower limit the substitution of 0 for x causes all this to vanish, whilst at the upper limit the substitution of 2 pi for x gives upper A 1 squared pi plus upper A 3 squared pi. And hence the answer follows.

(14) Area is 62.6 square units. Mean ordinate is 10.42.

(16) 436.3. (This solid is pear shaped.)


Exercises XIX. (p. 231.)

(1) StartFraction x StartRoot a squared minus x squared EndRoot Over 2 EndFraction plus StartFraction a squared Over 2 EndFraction sine Superscript negative 1 Baseline StartFraction x Over a EndFraction plus upper C.

(2) StartFraction x squared Over 2 EndFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus one half right parenthesis plus upper C.

[Pg 267]

(3) StartFraction x Superscript a plus 1 Baseline Over a plus 1 EndFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x minus StartFraction 1 Over a plus 1 EndFraction right parenthesis plus upper C.

(4) sine epsilon Superscript x plus upper C.

(5) sine left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis plus upper C.

(6) epsilon Superscript x Baseline left parenthesis x squared minus 2 x plus 2 right parenthesis plus upper C.

(7) StartFraction 1 Over a plus 1 EndFraction left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis Superscript a plus 1 plus upper C.

(8) log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis log Subscript epsilon Baseline x right parenthesis plus upper C.

(9) 2 log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis plus 3 log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus 2 right parenthesis plus upper C.

(10) one half log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x minus 1 right parenthesis plus one fifth log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x minus 2 right parenthesis plus three tenths log Subscript epsilon Baseline left parenthesis x plus 3 right parenthesis plus upper C.

(11) StartFraction b Over 2 a EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction x minus a Over x plus a EndFraction plus upper C.

(12) log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction x squared minus 1 Over x squared plus 1 EndFraction plus upper C.

(13) one fourth log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction 1 plus x Over 1 minus x EndFraction plus one half arc tangent x plus upper C.

(14) StartFraction 1 Over StartRoot a EndRoot EndFraction log Subscript epsilon Baseline StartFraction StartRoot a EndRoot minus StartRoot a minus b x squared EndRoot Over x StartRoot a EndRoot EndFraction. (Let StartFraction 1 Over x EndFraction equals v; then, in the result, let StartRoot v squared minus StartFraction b Over a EndFraction EndRoot equals v minus u.)

You had better differentiate now the answer and work back to the given expression as a check.

Every earnest student is exhorted to manufacture more examples for himself at every stage, so as to test his powers. When integrating he can always test his answer by differentiating it, to see whether he gets back the expression from which he started.

There are lots of books which give examples for practice. It will suffice here to name two: R. G. Blaine's The Calculus and its Applications, and F. M. Saxelby's A Course in Practical Mathematics.


[Pg 268]

A SELECTION OF MATHEMATICAL WORKS


An Introduction to the Calculus. Based on Graphical Methods. By Prof. G. A. Gibson, M.A., LL.D. 3s. 6d.

An Elementary Treatise on the Calculus. With Illustrations from Geometry, Mechanics, and Physics. By Prof. G. A. Gibson, M.A., LL.D. 7s. 6d.

Differential Calculus for Beginners. By J. Edwards, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Integral Calculus for Beginners. With an Introduction to the Study of Differential Equations. By Joseph Edwards, M.A. 4s. 6d.

Calculus Made Easy. Being a very-simplest Introduction to those beautiful Methods of Reckoning which are generally called by the terrifying names of the Differential Calculus and the Integral Calculus. By F. R. S. 2s. net. New Edition, with many Examples.

A First Course in the Differential and Integral Calculus. By Prof. W. F. Osgood, Ph.D. 8s. 6d. net.

Practical Integration for the use of Engineers, etc. By A. S. Percival, M.A. 2s. 6d. net.

Differential Calculus. With Applications and numerous Examples. An Elementary Treatise by Joseph Edwards, M.A. 14s.

[Pg 269]

Differential and Integral Calculus for Technical Schools and Colleges. By P. A. Lambert, m.A. 7s. 6d.

Differential and Integral Calculus. With Applications. By Sir A. G. Greenhill, F.R.S. 10s. 6d.

A Treatise on the Integral Calculus and its Applications. By I. Todhunter, F.R.S. 10s. 6d. Key. By H. St. J. Hunter, M.A. 10s. 6d.

A Treatise on the Differential Calculus and the Elements of the Integral Calculus. With numerous Examples. By I. Todhunter, F.R.S. 10s. 6d. Key. By H. St. J. Hunter, M.A. 10s. 6d.

Ordinary Differential Equations. An Elementary Text-book. By James Morris Page, Ph.D. 6s. 6d.

An Introduction to the Modern Theory of Equations. By Prof. F. Cajori, Ph.D. 7s. 6d. net.

A Treatise on Differential Equations. By Andrew Russell Forsyth, Sc.D., LL.D. Fourth Edition. 14s. net.

A Short Course on Differential Equations. By Prof. Donald F. Campbell, Ph.D. 4s. net.

A Manual of Quaternions. By C. J. Joly, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 10s. net.

The Theory of Determinants in the Historical Order of Development. Vol. I. Part I. General Determinants, up to 1841. Part II. Special Determinants, up to 1841. 17s. net. Vol. II. The Period 1841 to 1860. 17s. net. By T. Muir,

[Pg 270]

An Introduction to the Theory of Infinite Series. By T. J. I'A Bromwich, M.A., F.R.S. 15s. net.

Introduction to the Theory of Fourier's Series and Integrals, and the Mathematical Theory of the Conduction of Heat. By Prof. H. S. Carslaw, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 14s. net.


TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE

Minor presentational changes, and minor typographical and numerical corrections, have been made without comment.

In Chapter XIV, pages 132-159, numerical values of left parenthesis 1 plus StartFraction 1 Over n EndFraction right parenthesis Superscript n, epsilon Superscript x, and related quantities of British currency have been verified and rounded to the nearest digit.

On page 142 (page 146 in the original), the graphs of the natural logarithm and exponential functions, Figures 38 and 39, have been interchanged to match the surrounding text.

The vertical dashed lines in the natural logarithm graph, Figure 39 (Figure 38 in the original), have been moved to match the data in the corresponding table.

On page 164 (page 167 in the original), the graphs of the sine and cosine functions, Figures 44 and 45, have been interchanged to match the surrounding text.